GLYCOPROTEIN B OF THE RFHV/KSHV SUBFAMILY OF HERPES VIRUSES

Abstract: This invention relates to polynuclelotides encoding Glycoprotein B from the RFHV/KSHV subfamily of gamma herpes viruses, three members of which are characterized in detail. DNA extracts were obtained from Macaque nemestrina and Macaque mulatta monkeys affected with retroperitoneal fibromatosis (RF), and human AIDS patients affected with Kaposi's sarcoma (KS). The extracts were amplified using consensus-degenerate oligonucleotide probes designed from known protein and DNA sequences of gamma herpes viruses. The nucleotide sequences of a 319 base pair fragment are about 76 % identical between RFHV1 and KSHV, and about 60-63 % identical with the closest related gamma herpes viruses outside the RFHV/KSHV subfamily. Protein sequences encoded within these fragments are about 91 % identical between RFHV1 and KSHV, and < SIMILAR 65 % identical to that of other gamma herpes viruses. The full-length KSHV Glycoprotein B sequence comprises a transmembrane domain near the N-terminus, and a plurality of potentially antigenic sites in the extracellular domain. Materials and methods are provided to characterize Glycoprotein B encoding regions of members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, including but not limited to RFHV1, RFHV2, and KSHV Peptides, polynucleotides, and antibodies of this invention can be used for diagnosing infection, and for eliciting an immune response against Glycoprotein B.

Description: GLYCOPROTEIN B OF THE RFHV/KSHV SUBFAMILY OF HERPES VIRUSES TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates generally to the field of virology, particularly viruses of the herpes family More specifically, it relates to the identification and characterization of heφes virus Glycoprotein B molecules which are associated with fibroproliferative and neoplastic conditions in pπmates, including humans BACKGROUND ART Kaposi's Sarcoma is a disfiguring and potentially fatal form of hemorrhagic sarcoma It is charactenzed by multiple vascular tumors that appear on the skin as darkly colored plaques or nodules At the histological level, it is charactenzed by proliferation of relatively uniform spindle-shaped cells, forming fascicles and vascular slits There is often evidence of plasma cells, T cells and monocytes in the inflammatory infiltrate Death may ultimately ensue due to bleeding from gastrointestinal lesions or from an associated lymphoma (See generally Martin et al , Finesmith et al ) Once a relatively obscure disease, it has leapt to public attention due to its association with AIDS As many as 20% of certain AIDS-affected populations acquire Kaposi's dunng the course of the disease Kaposi's Sarcoma occurs in other conditions associated with immunodeficiency, including kidney dialysis and therapeutic immunosuppression However, the epidemiology of the disease has suggested that immunodeficiency is not the only causative factor In particular, the high degree of association of Kaposi's with certain sexual practices suggests the involvement of an etiologic agent which is not the human immunodeficiency virus (Berel et al ) A herpes-virus-like DNA sequence has been identified in tissue samples from Kaposi's lesions obtained from AIDS patients (Chang et al , confirmed by Ambroziuk et al ) The sequence was obtained by representational difference analysis (Lisitsyn et al ), in which DNA from affected and unaffected tissue were amplified using unrelated pπming oligonucleotides, and then hybridized together to highlight differences between the cells The sequence was partly identical to known sequences of the Epstein Barr Virus and herpesvirus saimiπ It coded for capsid and tegument proteins, two stπjctural components sequestered in the viral intenor In a survey of tissues from vanous sources, the sequence was found in 95% of Kaposi's sarcoma lesions, regardless of the patients' HIV status (Moore et al 1995a) 21% of uninvolved tissue from the same patients was positive, while 5% of samples from a control population was positive There was approximately 0 5% sequence vaπation between samples The same sequence has been detected in body cavity lymphoma, a lymphomatous effusion with B-cell features, occumng uniquely in AIDS patients (Cesarman et al ) The copy number was higher in body cavity lymphoma, compared with Kaposi's Sarcoma Other AIDS-associated lymphomas were negative The sequence has also been found in peπpheral blood mononuclear cells of patients with Castleman's disease (Dupm et al ) This is a condition charactenzed by morphologic features of angiofo cular hypeφlasia, and associated with fever, adenopathy, and splenomegaly The putative virus from which the sequence is denved has become known as Kaposi's Sarcoma associated Heφes Virus (KSHV) Using PCR in situ hybndization, Boshoff et al have detected KSHV polynucleotide sequences in the cell types thought to represent neoplastic cells in Kaposi's sarcoma Serological evidence supports an important role for KSHV in the etiology of Kaposi's sarcoma (O'Leary) Kedes et al developed an immunofluorescence serological assay that detects antibody to a latency-associated nuclear antigen in B cells latently infected with KSHV, and found that KSHV seropositivity is high in patients with Kaposi's sarcoma Gao et al found that of 40 patients with Kaposi's sarcoma, 32 were positive for antibodies against KSHV antigens by an immunoblot assay, as compared with only 7 of 40 homosexual men without Kaposi's sarcoma immediately before the onset of AIDS Miller et al prepared KSHV antigens from a body cavity lymphoma cell line containing the genomes of both KSHV and Epstein-Barr virus Antibodies to one antigen, designated p40, were identified in 32 of 48 HIV-1 infected patients with Kaposi's sarcoma, as compared with only 7 of 54 HIV-1 infected patients without Kaposi's sarcoma Zhong et al analyzed the expression of KSHV sequences in affected tissue at the messenger RNA level Two small transcπpts were found that represent the bulk of the virus specific RNA transcπbed from the KSHV genome One transcπpt was predicted to encode a small membrane protein, the other is an unusual poly-A RNA that accumulates in the nucleus and may have no protein encoding sequence Messenger RNA was analyzed by cloning a plurality of overlapping KSHV genomic fragments that spanned the -120 kb KSHV genome from a lambda library of genomic DNA The clones were used as probes for Northern analysis, but their sequences were not obtained or disclosed Moore et al have partially charactenzed a KSHV genome fragment obtained from a body-cavity lymphoma A 207 kb region of the genome was reportedly sequenced, although the sequence was not disclosed 17 partial or complete open reading frames were present in this fragment, all except one having sequence and positional homology to other known gamma heφes virus genes, including the capsid maturation gene and the thymidine kinase gene Phylogenetic analysis showed that KSHV was more closely related to equine herpes virus 2 and Saimiπ virus than to Epstein Barr virus The 207 kb region did not contain sequences encoding either Glycoprotein B or DNA polymerase The heφes virus family as a whole compnses a number of multi-enveloped viruses about 100 nm in size, and capable of infecting vertebrates (For general reviews, see, e g , Emery et al , Fields et al ) The double-stranded DNA genome is unusually large - from about 88 to about 229 kilobases in length It may produce over 50 different transcπpts at vanous stages in the life cycle of the virus A number of giycoproteins are expressed at the viral surface, and play a role in recognition of a target cell by the virus, and penetration of the virus into the cell These surface proteins are relatively more vanant between species, compared with intemal viral components (Karlin et al ) The same surface proteins are also present on defective viral particles produced by cells harboring the virus One such non-infectious foπn is the L-particle, which compnses a tegument and a viral envelope, but lacks the nucleocapsid A The herpes vims family has been divided into several subfamilies. Assignments to each of the categories were originally based on biologic properties, and are being refined as genomic sequence data emerges. The alpha subfamily comprises vimses that have a broad host range, a short replicative cycle, and an affinity for the sensory ganglia. They include the human simplex vims and the Varicella-zoster vims. The beta subfamily comprises vimses that have a restricted host range, and include Cytomegalovirus and human Heφes Vims 6. The gamma subfamily comprises vimses that are generally lymphotrophic. The DNA is marked by a segment of about 110 kilobases with a low GC content, flanked by multiple tandem repeats of high GC content. T e gamma subfamily includes Epstein Ban- Vims (EBV), herpes vims saimiri, equine Herpes Vims 2 and 5, and bovine Herpes Vims 4. Heφes vimses are associated with conditions that have a complex clinical course. A feature of many heφes vimses is the ability to go into a latent state within the host for an extended period of time. Vimses of the alpha subfamily maintain latent forms in the sensory and autonomic ganglia, whereas those of the gamma subfamily maintain latent forms, for example, in cells of the lymphocyte lineage. Latency is associated with the transcription of certain viral genes, and may persist for decades until conditions are optimal for the vims to resume active replication. Such conditions may include an immunodeficiency. In addition, some heφes vimses of the gamma subfamily have the ability to genetically transform the cells they infect. For example, EBV is associated with B cell lymphomas, oral hairy leukoplakia, lymphoid interstitial pneumonitis, and nasopharyngeal carcinoma. A number of other conditions occur in humans and other vertebrates that involve fibroproliferation and the generation of pre-neoplastic cells. Examples occurring in humans are retroperitoneal fibrosis, nodular fibromatosis, pseudosarcomatous fibromatosis, and sclerosing mesenteritis. Another condition known as Enzootic Retroperitoneal Fibromatosis (RF) has been observed in a colony of macaque monkeys at the University of Washington Regional Primate Research Center (Giddens et al.). Late stages of the disease are characterized by proliferating fibrous tissue around the mesentery and the dorsal part of the peritoneal cavity, with extension into the inguinal canal, through the diaphragm, and into the abdominal wall. Once clinically apparent, the disease is invariably fatal within 1-2 months. The condition has been associated with simian immunodeficiency (SAIDS) due to a type D simian retrovims, SRV-2 (Tsai et al ). However, other colonies do not show the same frequency of RF amongst monkeys affected with SAIDS, and the frequency of RF at Washington has been declining in recent years. The study of such conditions in non-human primates is important not only as a model for human conditions, but also because one primate species may act as a reservoir of vimses that affect another species. For example, the heφes vims saimiri appears to cause no disease in its natural host, the squirrel monkey (Saimiri sciureus), but it causes polyclonal T-cell lymphomas and acute leukemias in other primates, particularly owl monkeys. There is a need to develop reagents and methods for use in the detection and treatment of heφes vims infections. The etiological linkage between KSHV and Kaposi's sarcoma, confirmed by the serological evidence, indicates the importance of this need. For example, there is a need to develop reagents and methods which can be used in the diagnosis and assessment of Kaposi's sarcoma, and similar conditions. Being able to detect the etiologic agent in a new patient may assist in differential diagnosis, being able to assess the level of the agent in an ongoing condition may assist in clinical management Desirable markers include those that provide a very sensitive indication of the presence of both active and latent forms viral infection, analogous to the HBsAg of Hepatitis B Desirable markers also include those that are immunogenic, and can be used to assess immunological exposure to the viral agent as manifest in the antibody response Glycoprotein antigens from the viral envelope are particularly suitable as markers with these charactenstics They may be expressed at high abundance near the surface not only of replicative forms of the vims, but also on L- particles produced by virally infected cells Second, there is a need to develop reagents and methods that can be used for treatment of viral infection - both prophylactically, and following a viral challenge Such reagents include vaccines that confer a level of immunity against the vims Passive vaccines, such as those compnsing an anti-vims antibody, may be used to provide immediate protection or prevent cell penetration and replication of the vims in a recently exposed individual Active vaccines, such as those compnsmg an immunogenic viral component, may be used to elicit an active and ongoing immune response in an individual Antibody elicited by an active vaccine may help protect an individual against a subsequent challenge by live vims Cytotoxic T cells elicited by an active vaccine may help eradicate a concurrent infection by eliminating host cells involved in viral replication Suitable targets for a protective immune response, particularly antibody, are protein antigens exposed on the surface of viral particles, and those implicated in fusion of the vims with target cells Third, there is a need to develop reagents and methods which can be used in the development of new pharmaceuticals for Kaposi's sarcoma, and similar conditions The cuπent treatment for Kaposi's is radiation in combination with traditional chemotherapy, such as vincnstine (Northfelt, Mitsuyasu) While lesions respond to these modalities, the response is temporary, and the downward clinical course generally resumes Even expeπmental therapies, such as treatment with cytokines, are directed at the symptoms of the disease rather than the cause Dmg screening and rational dmg design based upon the etiologic agent can be directed towards the long-felt need for a clinical regimen with long-term efficacy Suitable targets for such pharmaceuticals are viral components involved in recognition and penetration of host cells These include glycoprotein components of the viral envelope Fourth, there is a need to develop reagents and methods which can be used to identify new viral agents that may be associated with other fibroproliferative conditions The representational difference analysis technique used by Chang et al is arduously complex, and probably not appropnate as a general screening test More desirable are a set of oligonucleotide probes, peptides, and antibodies to be used as reagents in more routine assays for surveying a vanety of tissue samples suspected of containing a related etiologic agent The reagents should be sufficiently specific to avoid identifying unrelated vimses and endogenous components of the host, and may be sufficiently cross-reactive to identify related but previously undescπbed viral pathogens V DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION It is an objective of this invention to provide isolated polynucleotides, polypeptides, and antibodies derived from or reactive with the products of novel genes encoding Glycoprotein B molecules of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily of heφes vimses. Two members of the family are Retroperitoneal Fibromatosis associated Heφes Vims (RFHV) and Kaposi's Sarcoma associated Heφes Vims (KSHV). These materials and related methods can be used in the diagnosis and treatment of heφes vims infection in primates, including humans. Isolated or recombinant Glycoprotein B fragments or polynucleotides encoding them may be used as components of an active heφes vaccine, while antibodies specific for Glycoprotein B may be used as components of a passive vaccine. Accordingly, one of the embodiments of the invention is an isolated polynucleotide with a region encoding a Glycoprotein B of a heφes vims of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, the polynucleotide comprising a sequence of 319 nucleotides at least 65% identical to nucleotides 36 to 354 of SEQ. ID NO:1 or SEQ. ID NO:3, which are 319 nucleotide fragments encoding Glycoprotein B from RFHV and KSHV, respectively. Also embodied is an isolated polynucleotide with a region encoding a Glycoprotein B, the polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of: a sequence of 35 nucleotides at least 74% identical to oligonucleotide SHMDA (SEQ. ID NO:41); a sequence of 30 nucleotides at least 73% identical to oligonucleotide CFSSB (SEQ. ID NO:43); a sequence of 29 nucleotides at least 72% identical to oligonucleotide ENTFA (SEQ. ID NO:45); and a sequence of 35 nucleotides at least 80% identical to oligonucleotide DNIQB (SEQ. ID NO:46). Another embodiment of the invention is an isolated polynucleotide comprising a fragment of at least 21, preferably 35, more preferably 50, still more preferably 75, and even more preferably 100 consecutive nucleotides of the Glycoprotein B encoding region of the polynucleotide of the preceding embodiments. The polynucleotide is preferably from a vims capable of infecting primates. Included are Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide fragments from RFHV and KSHV. Another embodiment of the invention is an isolated polynucleotide comprising a linear sequence of at least about 21 nucleotides identical to a the Glycoprotein B encoding sequence between nucleotides 36 to 354 inclusive of SEQ. ID NO:1, SEQ. ID NO:3, or SEQ. ID NO:92, or anywhere within SEQ. ID NO:96, but not in SEQ. ID NO:98. A further embodiment of this invention is an isolated polypeptide encoded by any of the previous embodiments. Also embodied is an isolated polypeptide, comprising a linear sequence of at least 17 amino acids essentially identical to the Glycoprotein B protein sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:2, SEQ. ID NO:4, or SEQ. ID NO:97, or anywhere within SEQ. ID NO:94 (KSHV), but not in SEQ. ID NO:99. This includes fusion polypeptides, immunogenic polypeptides, and polypeptides occumng in glycosylated and unglycosylated form. Some preferred antigen peptides are listed in SEQ. ID NOS:67-76. Also embodied are isolated and non-naturally occurring polynucleotides encoding any of the aforementioned polypeptides, along with cloning vectors, expression vectors and transfected host cells derived therefrom. Further embodiments are method for producing polynucleotides or polypeptides of this invention, comprising replicating vectors of the invention or expressing polynucleotides in suitable host cells. δ Yet another embodiment of this invention is a monoclonal or isolated polyclonal antibody specific for a Glycoprotein B polypeptide embodied in this invention, or a Glycoprotein B encoded in the encoding region of a polynucleotide embodied in this invention The antibodies are specific for members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, and do not cross-react with more distantly related Glycoprotein B sequences, particularly SEQ ID NOS.30-41 other Glycoprotein Bantibodies are specificA monoclonal or isolated polyclonal antibody specific for the polypeptide of claim 9, but not for a polypeptide having an ammo acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NOS 30-41 Still another embodiment of this invention is a vaccine compnsing a polypeptide of this invention in a pharmaceutically compatible excipient, and optionally also compnsmg an adjuvant Another embodiment of this invention is a vaccine compnsing a polynucleotide of this invention, which may be in the form of a live vims or viral expression vector Another embodiment of this invention is a vaccine compnsing an antibody of this invention in a pharmaceutically compatible excipient Other embodiments are methods for treating a herpes vims infection, either prophylactically or dunng an ongoing infection, compnsmg administeπng one of the aforementioned embodiments Further embodiments of this invention are oligonucleotides specific for Glycoprotein B encoding sequences of the gamma herpes subfamily, the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, RFHV, and KSHV, especially those listed in SEQ ID NOS 24-63 Also embodied are methods for obtaining an amplified copy of a polynucleotide encoding a Glycoprotein B, compnsing contacting the polynucleotide with one or more of the aforementioned o gonucleotides The polynucleotide to be amplified may be taken from an individual affected with a disease featuπng fibroblast proliferation and collagen deposition, including but not limited to Retropeπtoneal Fibromatosis or Kaposi's Sarcoma, or a malignancy of the lymphocyte lineage Additional embodiments of this invention are methods for detecting viral DNA or RNA in a sample One method compnses the steps of contacting the DNA or RNA in the sample with a probe compnsing a polynucleotide or oligonucleotide of this invention under conditions that would permit the probe to form a stable duplex with a polynucleotide having the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO 1 or SEQ ID NO 3 or both, but not with a polynucleotide having a sequence of heφes vimses outside the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, particularly SEQ ID NOS 5-13, and detecting the presence of any duplex formed thereby The conditions referred to are a single set of reaction parameters, such as incubation time, temperature, solute concentrations, and washing steps, that would permit the polynucleotide to form a stable duplex if altematively contacted with a polynucleotide with SEQ ID NO 1 , or with a polynucleotide with SEQ ID NO 3, or with both, but not with a polynucleotide of any of SEQ ID NO 5-13 Another method compnses the steps of amplifying the DNA or RNA in the sample using an oligonucleotide of this invention as a pnmer in the amplification reaction, and detecting the presence of any amplified copies Also embodied are isolated polynucleotides identified by the aforementioned methods, as may be present in the genome of a naturally occumng vims or affected tissue Further embodiments of this invention are diagnostic kits for detecting components related to herpes vims infection in a biological sample, such as may be obtained from an individual suspected of harboπng such an infection, compnsing a polynucleotide, oligonucleotide, polypeptide, or antibody of this invention in suitable packaging. Also embodied are methods of detecting infection of an individual, comprising applying the reagents, methods, or kits of this invention on biological samples obtained from the individual. Still other embodiments of this invention are therapeutic compounds and compositions for use in treatment of an individual for infection by a gamma heφes vims. Included are therapeutic agents that comprise polynucleotides and vectors of this invention for the purpose of gene therapy. Also included are pharmaceutical compounds identified by contacting a polypeptide embodied in this invention with the compound and determining whether a biochemical function of the polypeptide is altered. Also included are pharmaceutical compounds obtained from rational dmg design, based on stmctural and biochemical features of a Glycoprotein B molecule. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a listing of polynucleotide sequences amplified from a Glycoprotein B encoding region of RFHV and KSHV. The 319-base polynucleotide segment between residues 36 to 354 is underlined, and represents the respective viral gene segment between the primers used to amplify it. Aligned with the polynucleotide sequences are oligonucleotides that may be used as hybridization probes or PCR primers. Type 1 oligonucleotides comprise a gamma heφes consensus sequence, and can be used to amplify a Glycoprotein B gene segment of a gamma heφes vims. Examples shown are NIVPA and TVNCB. Type 2 oligonucleotides comprise a consensus sequence from the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, and can be used to amplify Glycoprotein B gene segment of a vims belonging to the subfamily. Examples shown are SHMDA, CFSSB, ENTFA and DNIQB. The other oligonucleotides shown are Type 3 oligonucleotides. These comprise sequences taken directly from the RFHV or KSHV sequence, and are specific for sequences from the respective vims. Oligonucleotides that initiate amplification in the direction of the coding sequence (with designations ending in "A") are listed 5'→3'. Oligonucleotides that initiate amplification in the direction opposite to that of the coding sequence (with designations ending in "B") are listed 3'→5'. Also shown are the polypeptides encoded by the RFHV and KSHV polynucleotide sequences. The asparagine encoded by nucleotides 238-240 in both sequences is a potential N-linked glycosylation site conserved with other heφes vimses. Figure 2 is a map of the Glycoprotein B encoding DNA sequence believed to be contained in the KSHV genome, and other members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily. Shown are the approximate location of the KSHV Glycoprotein B sequence described herein. Also shown are the putative conserved segments that represent hybridization sites for Type 1 consensus/degenerate oligonucleotides useful in probing and amplifying Glycoprotein B sequences from gamma heφes vimses. Figure 3 is a listing of some previously known heφes vims Glycoprotein B protein sequences, aligned with the complete KSHV Glycoprotein B protein sequence and fragments of RFHV1 and RFHV2. Boxed regions indicate the putative pre-processing signal sequence and the transmembrane domain. Cysteine residues are underlined. Residues that are highly conserved amongst heφes vims Glycoprotein B sequences are underscored with an asteπsk ( * ) Cysteines appeaπng uniquely in the KSHV Glycoprotein B are underscored with a bullet (•) Figure 4 is a listing of previously known Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences of gamma heφes vimses, showing a conserved region, and the Type 1 ohgonucleotide FRFDA designed therefrom Figure 5 is a listing of previously known Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences of gamma heφes vimses, showing a conserved region, and the Type 1 oligonucleotides NIVPA and NIVPASQ designed therefrom Figure 6 is a listing of previously known Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences of gamma herpes vimses, showing a conserved region, and the Type 1 oligonucleotides TVNCA, TVNCB and TVNCBSQ designed therefrom Figure 7 is a listing of previously known Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences of gamma heroes vimses, showing a conserved region, and the Type 1 oligonucleotide FAYDA designed therefrom Figure 8 is a listing of previously known Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences of gamma herpes vimses, showing a conserved region, and the Type 1 oligonucleotides IYGKA and IYGKASQ designed therefrom Figure 9 is a listing of previously known Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences of gamma heφes vimses, showing a conserved region, and the Type 1 ohgonucleotides CYSRA and CYSRASQ designed therefrom Figure 10 is a listing of previously known Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences of gamma heφes vimses, showing a conserved region, and the Type 1 ohgonucleotides NIDFB and NIDFBSQ designed therefrom Figure 11 is a listing of previously known Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences of gamma herpes vimses, showing a conserved region, and the Type 1 oligonucleotides FREYA, FREYB and NVFDA designed therefrom Figure 12 is a listing of previously known Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences of gamma heφes vimses, showing a conserved region, and the Type 1 o gonucleotide GGMA designed therefrom Figure 13 is a listing of a portion of the Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequence from RFHV and KSHV, aligned with previously known gamma heφes Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences Each shared residue is indicated as a peπod Figure 14 is a compaπson listing of the polypeptide sequences of Glycoprotein B from vanous gamma herpes vimses, encoded between the hybndization sites of NIVPA and TVNCB in the polynucleotide sequences The Class II sequence fragments shown underlined are predicted to be RFHV/KSHV cross-reactive antigen peptides The Class III sequences shown in lower case are predicted to be RFHV or KSHV virus-specific peptides Figure 15 is an alignment of the polypeptide sequences of Glycoprotein B over a broader spectmm of heφes vimses in the gamma, beta, and alpha subfamilies Figure 16 is a relationship map of Glycoprotein B, based on the polypeptide sequences shown in Figure 15 ? Figure 17 is a listing of exemplary Type 2 (subfamily-specific) oligonucleotides, aligned with the nucleotide sequences from which they were derived. Figure 18 is an approximate map of Glycoprotein B and DNA polymerase encoding regions as they appear in the KSHV genome, showing the hybridization position of oligonucleotide primers. Figure 19 is a listing of a KSHV DNA sequence obtained by amplifying fragments upstream and downstream from the sequence in Figure 1. An open reading frame is shown for the complete KSHV Glycoprotein B sequence, flanked by open reading frames for the capsid maturation gene and DNA polymerase. Underlined in the nucleotide sequence is a putative Glycoprotein B promoter Figure 20 is a Hopp-Woods antigenicity plot for the 106 nucleotide Glycoprotein B polypeptide fragment of RFHV encoded between NIVPA and TVNCB. Indicated below are spans of hydrophobic and antigenic residues in the sequence. Figure 21 is a Hopp-Woods antigenicity plot for the 106 nucleotide Glycoprotein B polypeptide fragment of KSHV encoded between NIVPA and TVNCB. Figure 22 is a Hopp-Woods antigenicity plot for the complete Glycoprotein B from KSHV. Figure 23 is a listing of DNA and protein sequences for a Glycoprotein B fragment of a third member of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, designated RFHV2. The 319-base polynucleotide segment between residues 36 to 354 is underlined, and represents the Glycoprotein B encoding segment between the primers used to amplify it. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION We have discovered and characterized polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B from heφes vimses of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily. The polynucleotides, oligonucleotides, polypeptides and antibodies embodied in this invention are useful in the diagnosis, clinical monitoring, and treatment of heφes vims infections and related conditions. The source for the polynucleotide for the RFHV Glycoprotein B was affected tissue samples taken from Macaque nemβstrina monkeys with retroperitoneal fibromatosis ("RF"). The polynucleotide for the KSHV Glycoprotein B was obtained from affected tissue samples taken from humans with Kaposi's Sarcoma ("KS"). The tissues used for the present invention were known to contain genetic material from RFHV or KSHV, because they had previously been used successfully to clone corresponding DNA Polymerase encoding fragments. The amplification of the DNA Polymerase regions have been described in commonly owned U.S. Patent Application 60/001 ,148. In order to amplify the Glycoprotein B sequences from these samples, we designed oligonucleotides from those of other heφes vimses. Glycoprotein B is expected to be less well conserved between heφes vimses, because it is extemally exposed on the viral envelope and therefore under selective pressure from the immune system of the hosts they infect. Accordingly, the oligonucleotides were designed from sequences of herpes vimses believed to be most closely related to RFHV and KSHV. These two vimses are known from the DNA polymerase sequences to be closely related gamma type heφes vimses. Oligonucleotides were designed pπmaπly from Glycoprotein B sequences previously known for four gamma heφes vimses sHV1, eHV2, bHV4, mHV68 and hEBV Compaπson of the ammo acid sequences of these four Glycoprotein B molecules revealed nine relatively conserved regions Based on the sequence data, ohgonucleotides were constmcted compnsing a degenerate segment and a consensus segment, as descnbed in a followmg section Three of these oligonucleotides have been used as pπmers in amplification reactions that have yielded fragments of the RFHV and KSHV Glycoprotein B encoding segments from the RF and KS tissue The RFHV and KSHV polynucleotide sequence fragments obtained after the final amplification step are shown in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO 1 and SEQ ID NO 3, respectively) Included are segments at each end coπesponding to the hybndiz g regions of the NIVPA and TVNCB pπmers used in the amplification The fragment between the pπmer binding segments is 319 base pairs in length (residues 36-354), and believed to be an accurate reflection of the sequences of the respective Glycoprotein B encoding regions of the RFHV and KSHV genomes The 319 base pair Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide segment from RFHV is only 60% identical with that from sHV1 and bHV4, the most closely related sequences from outside the RFHV/KSHV subfamily The 319 base pair polynucleotide segment from KSHV is only 63% identical with sHV1 and bHV4 The segments are 76% identical between RFHV and KSHV Also shown are the coπesponding predicted am o acid sequences (SEQ ID NO 2 and SEQ ID NO 4) The polypeptide sequences are novel, and are partly homologous to Glycoprotein B sequences from other herpes vimses The fragments shown are predicted to be about 1/8 of the entire Glycoprotein B sequence They begin about 80 am o acids downstream from the predicted N-termmal methionine of the pre-processed protein There is a potential N-linked glycosylation site at position 80 of the ammo acid sequence, according to the sequence Asn-Xaa-(Thr/Ser) This site is conserved between RFHV and KSHV, and is also conserved amongst other known gamma heφes vimses There is also a cysteine residue at position 58 that is conserved across heφes vimses of the gamma, beta, and alpha subfamilies, which may play a role in maintaining the three-dimensional stmcture of the protein The 106 ammo acid segment of Glycoprotein B encoded by the 319 base pairs between the amplification pπmers is 91% identical between RFHV and KSHV, but only 65% identical between KSHV and that of bHV4, the closest sequence outside the RFHV/KSHV subfamily Glycoprotein B molecules expressed by the RFHV/KSHV heφes vims subfamily are expected to have many of the properties descnbed for Glycoprotein B of other heφes vimses Glycoprotein B molecules are generally about 110 kDa in size, coπesponding to about 800-900 ammo acids or about 2400-2700 base pairs Hydrophobicity plots indicate regions from the N terminus to the C terminus in the following order a hydrophobic region coπesponding to a membrane-directing leader sequence, a mixed polanty region coπesponding to an extracellular domain, a hydrophobic region coπesponding to a transmembrane domain, and another mixed polanty region coπesponding to a cytoplasmic domain The full sequence of the KSHV Glycoprotein B, shown in Figure 19, confinns these predictions The gene encodes about 845 am o aαds including the signal peptide and a transmembrane region near the C-teπminus Cysteine residues are conserved with other Glycoprotein B sequences, and an additional potential disulfide may help stabilize the three-dimensional stmcture Glycoprotein B is generally expressed on the envelope of infectious and defective viral particles, and on the surface of infected cells It is generally glycosylated, and may compnse 5-20 glycosylation sites or more It is also generally expressed as a protein dimer, which assembles duπng translocation to the surface of the host cell, pπor to budding of the vims The site responsible for dimerization appears to be located between about ammo acid 475 and the membrane spanning segment (Navarro et al ) Previous studies have mapped several biochemical functions related to infectivity to different regions of the Glycoprotein B molecule Glycoprotein B and Glycoprotein C are both implicated in initial binding of HSV1 and bovine herpes vims 1 to target cells (Herald et al , Byrne et al ) The moiety on the cells recognized by Glycoprotein B appears to be heparan sulfate, the binding is inhibitable by fluid-phase hepaπn Mutants that lack Glycoprotein C can still bind target cells, but mutants that lack both Glycoprotein C and Glycoprotein B are severely impaired in their ability to gain access to the cells Another apparently important function is the ability of Glycoprotein B to promote membrane fusion and entry of the vims into the cell In human CMV, the fusogenic role appears to map to the first hydrophobic domain of Glycoprotein B, and may be associated with conserved glycine residues within this region (Reschke et al ) In HSV1 mutants, the ability of Glycoprotein B to promote syncytia foππation maps to multiple sites in the cytoplasmic domain of the protein, near the C-terminus (Kostal et al ) In order to exercise some of these more complicated functions, it seems likely that Glycoprotein B associates not only with a second Glycoprotein B molecule, but with other components encoded by the vims For example, the UL45 gene product appears to be required for Glycoprotein B induced fusion (Haanes et al ) It has been hypothesized that Glycoprotein B cooperates with other surface proteins to form a hydrophobic fusion pore in the surface of the target cell (Pereira et al ) Glycoprotein B has been found to elicit a potent antibody response capable of neutralizing the intact vims Monoclonal antibodies with neutralizing activity may be directed against many different sites on the Glycoprotein B molecule Consequently, it is expected that the Glycoprotein B molecule bears sites that interact with the target cell, help promote fusion, and associate with other viral proteins It is predicted that Glycoprotein B molecules of RFHV/KSHV subfamily vimses will perform many of the functions of Glycoprotein B in other species of herpes vims, and bear active regions with some of the same properties Interfeπng with any of these active regions with a dmg, an antibody, or by mutation, may impair viral infectivity or virulence Subsequent to discovery of the Glycoprotein B of RFHV and KSHV, a third member of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily was identified in a sample of affected tissue from a Macaca mulatta (Example 12) This Glycoprotein B is closely related but not identical to RFHV, and is designated RFHV2 It is predicted that other members of the RFHV KSHV subfamily will emerge, including some that are pathogenic to humans This disclosure teaches how new members of the subfamily can be detected and charactenzed The homology between Glycoprotein B sequences within the RFHV/KSHV subfamily means that the polynucleotides and polypeptides embodied in this invention are reliable markers amongst different strains of the subfamily The polynucleotides, polypeptides, and antibodies embodied in this invention are useful in such applications as the detection and treatment of viral infection in an individual, due to RFHV, / ; KSHV, or other herpes vimses in the same subfamily. The polynucleotides, oligonucleotide probes, polypeptides, antibodies, and vaccine compositions relating to Glycoprotein B, and the preparation and use of these compounds, is described in further detail in the sections that follow. Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used herein to refer to species of heφes vimses, and polynucleotides and polypeptides derived therefrom: TABLE 1: Abbreviations for Heφes Virus Strains Designation Virus Provisional Subfamily Assignment RFHV simian Retroperitoneal Fibromatosis- gamma-HerpesVirus associated HeφesVims KSHV human Kaposi's Sarcoma-associated Hβφβs Virus mHV68 murine HerpesVims 68 bHV4 bovine HerpesVims 4 eHV2 equine HerpesVims 2 sHV1 saimiri monkey HeφesVirus 1 hEBV human Epstein-Baπ Vims hCMV human CytoMegalσVi s beta-HerpesVirus mCMV murine CytoMegaloVims gpCMV guinea pig CytoMegaloVims hHV6 human HerpesVims 6 hVZV human Varicella-Zoster Vims alpha-HeφesVims HSV1 human Heφes Simplex Vims 1 HSV2 human Heφes Simplex Vims 2 SHVSA8 simian HeφesVims A8 eHV1 equine HeφesVims 1 iHV1 ictalurid catfish HerpesVims General Definitions "Glycoprotein B" is a particular protein component of a heφes vims, encoded in the viral genome and believed to be expressed at the surface of the intact vims. Functional studies with certain species of heφes vims, especially HSV1 , hCMV, and bovine heφes vims 1 , have implicated Glycoprotein B in a number of biochemical functions related to viral infectivity. These include binding to components on the surface of target cells, such as heparan sulfate, fusion of the viral membrane with the membrane of the target cell, penetration of the viral capsid into the cell, and formation of polynucleated syncytial cells. Glycoprotein B has been observed as a homodimer, and may interact with other viral surface proteins in order to exert some of its biochemical functions. Different biochemical functions, particularly heparan sulfate binding and membrane fusion, appear to map to different parts of the Glycoprotein B molecule. A Glycoprotein B molecule of other heφes vimses, including members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, may perform any or all of these functions. As used herein, the term Glycoprotein B includes unglycosylated, partly glycosylated, and fully glycosylated forms, and both monomers and polymers. As used herein, a Glycoprotein B fragment, region, or segment is a fragment of the Glycoprotein B molecule, or a transcript of a subregion of a Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide. The intact Glycoprotein B molecule, or the full-length transcript, will exert biochemical functions related to viral activity, such as those described above. Some or all of these functions may be preserved on the fragment, or the fragment may be from a part of the intact molecule which is unable to perform these functions on its own. "Glycoprotein B activity" refers to any biochemical function of Glycoprotein B, or any biological activity of a heφes vims attributable to Glycoprotein B. These may include but are not limited to binding of the protein to cells, cell receptors such as heparan sulfate, and receptor analogs; viral binding or penetration into a cell, or cell fusion. The term "Glycoprotein B gene" refers to a gene comprising a sequence that encodes a Glycoprotein B molecule as defined above. It is understood that a Glycoprotein B gene may give rise to processed and altered translation products, including but not limited to foππs of Glycoprotein B with or without a signal or leader sequence, truncated or internally deleted forms, multimeric forms, and forms with different degrees of glycosylation. As used herein, a "DNA Polymerase" is a protein or a protein analog, that under appropriate conditions is capable of catalyzing the assembly of a DNA polynucleotide with a sequence that is complementary to a polynucleotide used as a template. A DNA Polymerase may also have other catalytic activities, such as 3'-5' exonuclease activity; any of the activities may predominate. A DNA Polymerase may require association with additional proteins or co-factors in order to exercise its catalytic function. "RFHV" is a vims of the heφes family detected in the tissue samples of Macaque nemestrina monkeys affected with Retroperitoneal Fibromatosis (RF). RFHV is synonymous with the terms "RFHV1", "RFHVMn", and "RFMn". "KSHV" is a vims of the heφes vims family detected in the tissue samples of humans affected with Kaposi's Sarcoma (KS). A third member of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily is a vims identified in a M. mulatta monkey. The vims is referred to herein as "RFHV2". "RFHV2" is synonymous with the terms "RFHVMm" and "RFMm". The "RFHV/KSHV subfamily" is a term used herein to refer to a collection of heφes vimses capable of infecting vertebrate species. The subfamily consists of members that have Glycoprotein B sequences that are more closely related to that of the coπesponding sequences of RFHV or KSHV than other heφes vimses, including sHV1, eHV2, bHV4, mHV68 and hEBV. Preferably, the polynucleotide encoding Glycoprotein B comprises a segment that is at least 65% identical to that of RFHV (SEQ. ID NO:1) or KSHV (SEQ. ID NO:3) between residues 36 and 354; or at least about 74% identical to the oligonucleotide SHMDA, or at least about 73% identical to the ohgonucleotide CFSSB, or at least about 72% identical to the nucleotide ENTFA, or at least about 80% identical to the nucleotide DNIQB RFHV and KSHV are exemplary members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily The RFHVKSHV subfamily represents a subset of the gamma subfamily of heφes vimses The teπns "polynucleotide" and "o gonucleotide" are used interchangeably, and refer to a polymenc foπn of nucleotides of any length, either deoxynbonucleotides or nbonucleotides, or analogs thereof Polynucleotides may have any three-dimensional stmcture, and may perform any function, known or unknown The following are non-limiting examples of polynucleotides a gene or gene fragment, exons, introns, messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA, πbosomal RNA, πbozymes, cDNA, recombinant polynucleotides, branched polynucleotides, plasmids, vectors, isolated DNA of any sequence, isolated RNA of any sequence, nucleic acid probes, and pπmers A polynucleotide may compnse modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and nucleotide analogs If present, modifications to the nucleotide stmcture may be imparted before or after assembly of the polymer The sequence of nucleotides may be interrupted by non-nucleotide components A polynucleotide may be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component The term polynucleotide, as used herein, refers to both double- and single-stranded molecules Unless otherwise specified or required, any embodiment of the invention descnbed herein that is a polynucleotide encompasses both the double-stranded form and each of two complementary single-stranded forms known or predicted to make up the double-stranded form In the context of polynucleotides, a "linear sequence" or a "sequence" is an order of nucleotides in a polynucleotide in a 5' to 3' direction in which residues that neighbor each other in the sequence are contiguous in the pπmary stmcture of the polynucleotide A "partial sequence" is a linear sequence of part of a polynucleotide which is known to compnse additional residues in one or both directions "Hybndization" refers to a reaction in which one or more polynucleotides react to form a complex that is stabilized via hydrogen bonding between the bases of the nucleotide residues The hydrogen bonding may occur by Watson-Cπck base paiπng, Hoogsteen binding, or in any other sequence-specific manner The complex may compnse two strands forming a duplex stmcture, three or more strands forming a multi-stranded complex, a single self-hybπdizing strand, or any combination of these A hybndization reaction may constitute a step in a more extensive process, such as the initiation of a PCR, or the enzymatic cleavage of a polynucleotide by a πbozyme Hybndization reactions can be performed under conditions of different "stπngency" Conditions that increase the stπngency of a hybndization reaction are widely known and published in the art see, for example, Sambrook Fπtsch & Maniatis Examples of relevant conditions include (in order of increasing stπngency) incubation temperatures of 25°C, 37°C, 50°C, and 68"C, buffer concentrations of 10 x SSC, 6 x SSC, 1 x SSC, 0 1 x SSC (where SSC is 0 15 M NaCl and 15 mM citrate buffer) and their equivalent using other buffer systems, formamide concentrations of 0%, 25%, 50%, and 75%, incubation times from 5 m to 24 h, 1 , 2, or more washing steps, wash incubation times of 1 , 5, or 15 mm, and wash solutions of 6 x SSC, 1 x SSC, 0 1 x SSC, or deionized water IH "T m " is the temperature in degrees Centigrade at which 50% of a polynucleotide duplex made of complementary strands hydrogen bonded in an antiparallel direction by Watson-Crick base paring dissociates into single strands under the conditions of the experiment. T m may be predicted according to standard formula; for example: T m = 81.5 + 16.6 log [Na + ] + 0.41 (%G/C) - 0.61 (%F) - 600/L where [Na*] is the cation concentration (usually sodium ion) in mol/L; (%G/C) is the number of G and C residues as a percentage of total residues in the duplex; (%F) is the percent formamide in solution (wt/vol); and L is the number of nucleotides in each strand of the duplex. A "stable duplex" of polynucleotides, or a "stable complex" formed between any two or more components in a biochemical reaction, refers to a duplex or complex that is sufficiently long-lasting to persist between the formation of tiie duplex or complex, and its subsequent detection. The duplex or complex must be able to withstand whatever conditions exist or are introduced between the moment of formation and the moment of detection, these conditions being a function of the assay or reaction which is being performed. Intervening conditions which may optionally be present and which may dislodge a duplex or complex include washing, heating, adding additional solutes or solvents to the reaction mixture (such as denaturants), and competing with additional reacting species. Stable duplexes or complexes may be iπeversible or reversible, but must meet the other requirements of this definition. Thus, a transient complex may form in a reaction mixture, but it does not constitute a stable complex if it dissociates spontaneously or as a result of a newly imposed condition or manipulation introduced before detection. When stable duplexes form in an antiparallel configuration between two single-stranded polynucleotides, particularly under conditions of high stringency, the strands are essentially "complementary". A double-stranded polynucleotide can be "comple-mentary" to another polynucleotide, if a stable duplex can form between one of the strands of the first polynucleotide and the second. A complementary sequence predicted from the sequence of a single stranded polynucleotide is the optimum sequence of standard nucleotides expected to form hydrogen bonding with the single-stranded polynucleotide according to generally accepted base-pairing mles. A "sense" strand and an "antisense" strand when used in the same context refer to single-stranded polynucleotides which are complementary to each other. They may be opposing strands of a double-stranded polynucleotide, or one strand may be predicted from the other according to generally accepted base-pairing mles. If not specified, the assignment of one or the other strand as "sense" or "antisense" may be arbitrary. In relation to a polypeptide-encoding segment of a polynucleotide, the "sense" strand is generally the strand comprising the encoding segment. When comparison is made between polynucleotides for degree of identity, it is implicitly understood that complementary strands are easily generated, and the sense or antisense strand is selected or predicted that maximizes the degree of identity between the polynucleotides being compared. For example, where one or both of the polynucleotides being compared is double-stranded, the sequences are identical if one strand of the first polynucleotide is identical with one strand of the second polynucleotide. IS Similarly, when a polynucleotide probe is descnbed as identical to its target, it is understood that it is the complementary strand of the target that participates in the hybndization reaction between the probe and the target A linear sequence of nucleotides is "essentially identical" to another linear sequence, if both sequences are capable of hybridizing to form duplexes with the same complementary polynucleotide Sequences that hybndize under conditions of greater stπngency are more prefeπed It is understood that hybndization reactions can accommodate insertions, deletions, and substitutions in the nucleotide sequence Thus, linear sequences of nucleotides can be essentially identical even if some of the nucleotide residues do not precisely coπespond or align Sequences that coπespond or align more closely to the invention disclosed herein are comparably more prefeπed Generally, a polynucleotide region of about 25 residues is essentially identical to another region, if the sequences are at least about 85% identical, more preferably, they are at least about 90% identical, more preferably, they are at least about 95% identical, still more preferably, the sequences are 100% identical A polynucleotide region of 40 residues or more will be essentially identical to another region, after alignment of homologous portions if the sequences are at least about 75% identical, more preferably, they are at least about 80% identical, more preferably, they are at least about 85% identical, even more preferably, they are at least about 90% identical, still more preferably, the sequences are 100% identical In determining whether polynucleotide sequences are essentially identical, a sequence that preserves the functionality of the polynucleotide with which it is being compared is particularly preferred Functionality can be determined by different parameters For example, if the polynucleotide is to be used in reactions that involve hybndiz g with another polynucleotide, then preferred sequences are those which hybndize to the same target under similar conditions In general, the T m of a DNA duplex decreases by about rC for every 1% decrease in sequence identity for duplexes of 200 or more residues, or by about 5"C for duplexes of less than 40 residues, depending on the position of the mismatched residues (see, e g , Memkoth et al ) Essentially identical sequences of about 100 residues will generally form a stable duplex with each other's respective complementary sequence at about 20°C less than T m , preferably, they will form a stable duplex at about 15 * C less, more preferably, they will form a stable duplex at about 10°C less, even more preferably, they will form a stable duplex at about 5"C less, still more preferably, they will form a stable duplex at about T m In another example, if the polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide is an important part of its functionality, then preferred sequences are those which encode identical or essentially identical polypeptides Thus, nucleotide differences which cause a conservative am o acid substitution are preferred over those which cause a non-conservative substitution, nucleotide differences which do not alter the ammo acid sequence are more prefeπed, while identical nucleotides are even more prefeπed Insertions or deletions in the polynucleotide that result in insertions or deletions in the polypeptide are prefeπed over those that result in the down-stream coding region being rendered out of phase, polynucleotide sequences compnsing no insertions or deletions are even more preferred The relative importance of hybndization properties and the encoded polypeptide sequence of a polynucleotide depends on the application ofthe invention Hr A polynucleotide has the same "characteristics" of another polynucleotide if both are capable of forming a stable duplex with a particular third polynucleotide under similar conditions of maximal stringency. Preferably, in addition to similar hybridization properties, the polynucleotides also encode essentially identical polypeptides. "Conserved" residues of a polynucleotide sequence are those residues which occur unaltered in the same position of two or more related sequences being compared. Residues that are relatively conserved are those that are conserved amongst more related sequences or with a greater degree of identity than residues appearing elsewhere in the sequences. "Related" polynucleotides are polynucleotides that share a significant proportion of identical residues. As used herein, a "degenerate" oligonucleotide sequence is a designed sequence derived from at least two related originating polynucleotide sequences as follows: the residues that are conserved in the originating sequences are preserved in the degenerate sequence, while residues that are not conserved in the originating sequences may be provided as several alternatives in the degenerate sequence. For example, the degenerate sequence AYASA may be designed from originating sequences ATACA and ACAGA, where Y is C or T and S is C or G. Y and S are examples of "ambiguous" residues. A degenerate segment is a segment of a polynucleotide containing a degenerate sequence. It is understood that a synthetic oligonucleotide comprising a degenerate sequence is actually a mixture of closely related oligonucleotides sharing an identical sequence, except at the ambiguous positions. Such an oligonucleotide is usually synthesized as a mixture of all possible combinations of nucleotides at the ambiguous positions. Each of the oligonucleotides in the mixture is referred to as an "altemative form". The number of forms in the mixture is equal to n FI ki i=l where kj is the number of alternative nucleotides allowed at each position. As used herein, a "consensus" oligonucleotide sequence is a designed sequence derived from at least two related originating polynucleotide sequences as follows: the residues that are conserved in all originating sequences are preserved in the consensus sequence; while at positions where residues are not conserved, one altemative is chosen from amongst the originating sequences. In general, the nucleotide chosen is the one which occurs in the greatest frequency in the originating sequences. For example, the consensus sequence AAAAA may be designed from originating sequences CAAAA, AAGAA, and AAAAT. A consensus segment is a segment of a polynucleotide containing a consensus sequence. A polynucleotide "fragment" or "insert" as used herein generally represents a sub-region of the full-length form, but the entire full-length polynucleotide may also be included. Polynucleotides "correspond" to each other if they are believed to be derived from each other or from a common ancestor. For example, encoding regions in the genes of different vimses correspond if they share a significant degree of identity, map to the same location of the genome, or encode proteins π that perform a similar biochemical function Messenger RNA coπesponds to the gene from which it is transcπbed cDNA coπesponds to the RNA from which it has been produced, and to the gene that encodes the RNA A protein coπesponds to a polynucleotide encoding it, and to an antibody that is capable of binding it specifically A "probe" when used in the context of polynucleotide manipulation refers to an oligonucleotide which is provided as a reagent to detect a target potentially present in a sample of interest by hybridizing with the target Usually, a probe will compnse a label or a means by which a label can be attached, either before or subsequent to the hybndization reaction Suitable labels mclude, but are not limited to radioisotopes, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent compounds, dyes, and proteins, including enzymes A "pπmer" is an o gonucleotide, generally with a free 3' -OH group, that binds to a target potentially present in a sample of interest by hybπdizing with the target, and thereafter promotes polymerization of a polynucleotide complementary to the target Processes of produαng replicate copies of the same polynucleotide, such as PCR or gene cloning, are collectively refeπed to herein as "amphfication" or "replication" For example, single or double- stranded DMA may be replicated to form another DNA with the same sequence RNA may be replicated, for example, by an RNA-directed RNA polymerase, or by reverse-transcnbing the DNA and then performing a PCR In the latter case, the amphfied copy of the RNA is a DNA with the identical sequence A "polymerase chain reaction" ("PCR") is a reaction in which replicate copies are made of a target polynucleotide using one or more pπmers, and a catalyst of polymerization, such as a reverse transcπptase or a DNA polymerase, and particularly a thermally stable polymerase enzyme Generally, a PCR involves reiterative./ performing three steps "annealing", in which the temperature is adjusted such that ohgonucleotide pπmers are permitted to form a duplex with the polynucleotide to be amphfied, "elongating", in which the temperature is adjusted such that ohgonucleotides that have formed a duplex are elongated with a DNA polymerase, using the polynucleotide to which they've formed the duplex as a template, and "melting", in which the temperature is adjusted such that the polynucleotide and elongated o gonucleotides dissoαate The cycle is then repeated until the desired amount of amplified polynucleotide is obtained Methods for PCR are taught in U S Patent Nos 4,683,195 (Mullis) and 4,683,202 (Mullis et al ) A "control element" or "control sequence" is a nucleotide sequence involved in an interaction of molecules that contributes to the functional regulation of a polynucleotide, including replication, duplication, transcπption, splicing, translation, or degradation of the polynucleotide The regulation may affect the frequency, speed, or specificity of the process, and may be enhancing or inhibitory in nature Control elements are known in the art For example, a "promoter" is an example of a control element A promoter is a DNA region capable under certain conditions of binding RNA polymerase and initiating transcπption of a coding region located downstream (in the 3' direction) from the promoter "Operatively linked" refers to a juxtaposition of genetic elements, wherein the elements are in a relationship permitting them to operate in the expected manner For instance, a promoter is operatively linked to a coding region if the promoter helps initiate transcπphon of the coding sequence There may be intervening residues between the promoter and coding region so long as this functional relationship is maintained It The teππs "polypeptide", "peptide" and "protein" are used interchangeably herein to refer to polymers of amino acids of any length. The polymer may be linear or branched, it may comprise modified amino acids, and it may be interrupted by non-amino acids. The terms also encompass an amino acid polymer that has been modified naturally or by intervention; for example, disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation, such as conjugation with a labeling component. In the context of polypeptides, a "linear sequence" or a "sequence" is an order of amino acids in a polypeptide in an N-terminal to C-terminal direction in which residues that neighbor each other in the sequence are contiguous in the primary stmcture of the polypeptide. A "partial sequence" is a linear sequence of part of a polypeptide which is known to comprise additional residues in one or both directions. A linear sequence of amino acids is "essentially identical * to another sequence if the two sequences have a substantial degree of sequence identity. It is understood that the folding and the biochemical function of proteins can accommodate insertions, deletions, and substitutions in the amino acid sequence. Thus, linear sequences of amino acids can be essentially identical even if some of the residues do not precisely coπespond or align. Sequences that coπespond or align more closely to the invention disclosed herein are more prefeπed. It is also understood that some amino acid substitutions are more easily tolerated. For example, substitution of an amino acid with hydrophobic side chains, aromatic side chains, polar side chains, side chains with a positive or negative charge, or side chains comprising two or fewer carbon atoms, by another amino acid with a side chain of like properties can occur without disturbing the essential identity of the two sequences. Methods for determining homologous regions and scoring the degree of homology are well known in the art; see for example Altschul et al. and Henikoff et al. Well-tolerated sequence differences are refeπed to as "conservative substitutions". Thus, sequences with conservative substitutions are preferred over those with other substitutions in the same positions; sequences with identical residues at the same positions are still more preferred. Generally, a polypeptide region will be essentially identical to another region, after alignment of homologous portions, if the sequences are at least about 92% identical; more preferably, they are at least about 95% identical; more preferably, they are at (east about 95% identical and comprise at least another 2% which are either identical or are conservative substitutions; more preferably, they are at least about 97% identical; more preferably, they are at least about 97% identical, and comprise at least another 2% which are either identical or are conservative substitutions; more preferably, they are at least about 99% identical; still more preferably, the sequences are 100% identical. In determining whether polypeptide sequences are essentially identical, a sequence that preserves the functionality of the polypeptide with which it is being compared is particularly prefeπed. Functionality may be established by different parameters, such as enzymatic activity, the binding rate or affinity in a substrate-enzyme or receptor-ligand interaction, the binding affinity with an antibody, and X-ray crystallographic stmcture. A polypeptide has the same "characteristics" of another polypeptide if it displays the same biochemical function, such as enzyme activity, ligand binding, or antibody reactivity. Prefeπed characteristics of a polypeptide related to a Glycoprotein B or a Glycoprotein B fragment are the ability to I bind analogs of the cell surface receptor bound by Glycoprotein B of other herpes species, the ability to promote membrane fusion with a target cell, the ability to promote viral penetration of the host cell Alsc preferred is a polypeptide that displays the same biochemical function as the polypepbde with which it is being compared, and in addition, is believed to have a similar three-dimensional conformation, as predicted by computer modeling or determined by such techniques as X-ray crystallography The "biochemical function", "biological function" or "biological activity" of a polypeptide includes any feature of the polypeptide detectable by suitable expeπmental investigation "Altered" biochemical function can refer to a change in the pπmary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary stmcture of the polypeptide, detectable, for example, by molecular weight determination, circular dichroism, antibody binding, difference spectroscopy, or nuclear magnetic resonance It can also refer to a change in reactivity, such as the ability to catalyze a certain reaction, or the ability to bind a cofactor, substrate, inhibitor, dmg, hapten, or other polypeptide A substance may be said to "interfere" with the biochemical function of a polypeptide if it alters the biochemical function of the polypeptide in any of these ways A "fusion polypeptide" is a polypeptide compns g regions in a different position in the sequence than occurs in nature The regions may nomially exist in separate proteins and are brought together in the fusion polypeptide, or they may normally exist in the same protein but are placed in a new anangement in the fusion polypeptide A fusion polypepbde may be created, for example, by chemical synthesis, or by creating and translating a polynucleotide in which the peptide regions are encoded in the desired relationship An "antibody" (interchangeably used in plural form) is an immunoglobulin molecule capable of specific binding to a target, such as a polypeptide, through at least one antigen recognition site, located in the vanable region of the immunoglobulin molecule As used herein, the term encompasses not only intact antibodies, but also fragments thereof, mutants thereof, fusion proteins, humanized antibodies, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that compnses an antigen recognition site of the required speαfiαty "Immunological recognition" or "immunological reactivity" refers to the specific binding of a target through at least one antigen recognition site in an immunoglobulin or a related molecule, such as a B cell receptor or a T cell receptor The term "antigen" refers to the target molecule that is specifically bound by an antibody through its antigen recognition site The antigen may, but need not be chemically related to the immunogen that stimulated production of the antibody The antigen may be polyvalent, or it may be a monovalent hapten Examples of kinds of antigens that can be recognized by antibodies include polypeptides, polynucleotides, other antibody molecules, o gosacchaπdes, complex lipids, dmgs, and chemicals An "immunogen" is a compound capable of stimulating production of an antibody when injected into a suitable host, usually a mammal Compounds with this property are descnbed as "immunogenic" Compounds may be rendered immunogenic by many techniques known in the art, including crosslinking or conjugating with a earner to increase valency, mixing with a mitogen to increase the immune response, and combining with an adjuvant to enhance presentation A "vaccine" is a pharmaceutical preparation for human or animal use, which is administered with the intention of conferπng the recipient with a degree of specific immunological reactivity against a particular target, or group of targets The immunological reactivity may be antibodies or cells (particularly B cells, plasma cells, T helper cells, and cytotoxic T lymphocytes, and their precursors) that are immunologically reactive against the target, or any combination thereof Possible targets include foreign or pathological compounds, such as an exogenous protein, a pathogenic vims, or an antigen expressed by a cancer cell The immunological reactivity may be desired for expenmental purposes, for the treatment of a particular condition, for the elimination of a particular substance, or for prophylaxis against a particular condition or substance Unless specifically indicated, a vaccine refeπed to herein may be either a passive vacαne or an active vaccine, or it may have the properties of both A "passive vaccine" is a vaccine that does not require participation of the recipient's immune response to exert its effect Usually, it is compnsed of antibody molecules reactive against the target The antibodies may be obtained from a donor subject and sufficiently punfied for administration to the recipient, or they may be produced in vitro, for example, from a culture of hybndoma cells, or by genetically engineering a polynucleotide encoding an antibody molecule An "active vaccine" is a vaccine administered with the intention of eliciting a specific immune response within the recipient, that in turn has the desired immunological reactivity against the target An active vaccine compnses a suitable immunogen The immune response that is desired may be either humoral or cellular, systemic or secretory, or any combination of these A "reagent" polynucleotide, polypepbde, or antibody, is a substance provided for a reaction, the substance having some known and desirable parameters for the reaction A reaction mixture may also contain a "target", such as a polynucleotide, antibody, or polypeptide that the reagent is capable of reacting with For example, in some types of diagnostic tests, the amount of the target in a sample is determined by adding a reagent, allowing the reagent and target to react, and measunng the amount of reaction product In the context of clinical management, a target may also be a cell, collection of cells, tissue, or organ that is the object of an administered substance, such as a pharmaceutical compound A cell that is a target for a viral infection is one to which a vims preferentially localizes for such purposes as replication or transformation into a latent form An "isolated" polynucleotide, polypeptide, protein, antibody, or other substance refers to a preparation of the substance devoid of at least some of the other components that may also be present where the substance or a similar substance naturally occurs or is initially obtained from Thus, for example, an isolated substance may be prepared by using a purification technique to ennch it from a source mixture Ennchment can be measured on an absolute basis, such as weight per volume of solution, or it can be measured in relation to a second, potentially interfenng substance present in the source mixture Increasing enπchments of the embodiments of this invention are increasingly more preferred Thus, for example, a 2-fold ennchment is preferred, 10-fold ennchment is more prefeπed, 100-fold ennchment is more prefeπed, 1000-fold ennchment is even more prefeπed A substance can also be provided in an isolated state by a process of artificial assembly, such as by chemical synthesis or recombinant expression A polynucleotide used in a reaction, such as a probe used in a hybridization reaction, a primer used in a PCR, or a polynucleotide present in a phaπnaceutical preparation, is refeπed to as "specific" or "selective" if it hybridizes or reacts with the intended target more frequently, more rapidly, or with greater duration than it does with altemative substances. Similarly, a polypeptide is refeπed to as "specific" or "selective" if it binds an intended target, such as a ligand, hapten, substrate, antibody, or other polypeptide more frequently, more rapidly, or with greater duration than it does to altemative substances. An antibody is refeπed to as "specific" or "selective" if it binds via at least one antigen recognition site to the intended target more frequently, more rapidly, or with greater duration than it does to alternative substances. A polynucleotide, polypeptide, or antibody is said to "selectively inhibit" or "selectively interfere with" a reaction if it inhibits or interferes with the reaction between particular substrates to a greater degree or for a greater duration than it does with the reaction between altemative substrates. A "pharmaceutical candidate" or "dmg candidate" is a compound believed to have therapeutic potential, that is to be tested for efficacy. The "screening" of a pharmaceutical candidate refers to conducting an assay that is capable of evaluating the efficacy and/or specificity of the candidate. In this context, "efficacy" refers to the ability of the candidate to affect the cell or organism it is administered to in a beneficial way: for example, the limitation of the pathology due to an invasive vims. The "effector component" of a phaπnaceutical preparation is a component which modifies target cells by altering their function in a desirable way when administered to a subject bearing the cells. Some advanced phaπnaceutical preparations also have a "targeting component", such as an antibody, which helps deliver the effector component more efficaciously to the target site. Depending on the desired action, the effector component may have any one of a number of modes of action. For example, it may restore or enhance a normal function of a cell, it may eliminate or suppress an abnormal function of a cell, or it may alter a cell's phenotype. Altematively, it may kill or render dormant a cell with pathological features, such as a virally infected cell. Examples of effector components are provided in a later section. A "cell line" or "cell culture" denotes higher eukaryotic cells grown or maintained in vitro. It is understood that the descendants of a cell may not be completely identical (either moφhologically, genotypically, or phenotypically) to the parent cell. A "host cell" is a cell which has been transformed, or is capable of being transformed, by administration of an exogenous polynucleotide. A "host cell" includes progeny of the original transformant. "Genetic alteration" refers to a process wherein a genetic element is introduced into a cell other than by natural cell division. The element may be heterologous to the cell, or it may be an additional copy or improved version of an element already present in the cell. Genetic alteration may be effected, for example, by transfecting a cell with a recombinant plasmid or other polynucleotide through any process known in the art, such as electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation, contacting with a polynucleotide-liposome complex, or by transduction or infection with a DNA or RNA vims or viral vector. The alteration is preferably but not necessarily inheritable by progeny of the altered cell. An "individual" refers to vertebrates, particularly members of a mammalian species, and includes but is not limited to domestic animals, sports animals, and primates, including humans. The term "pπmate" as used herein refers to any member of the highest order of mammalian species This includes (but is not limited to) prosimians, such as lemurs and loπses, tarsioids, such as tarsiers, new-worid monkeys, such as squiπel monkeys (Saimin sciureus) and tamaπns, old-world monkeys such as macaques (including Macaca nemestπna, Macaca fasαculaπs, and Macaca fuscata), hylobatids, such as gibbons and siamangs, pongids, such as orangutans, goπllas, and chimpanzees, and hominids, including humans The "pathology" caused by a heφes vims infection is anything that compromises the well-being or normal physiology of the host This may involve (but is not limited to) destmctive invasion of the vims into previously uninfected cells, replication of the vims at the expense of the normal metabolism of the cell, generation of toxins or other unnatural molecules by the vims, iπegular growth of cells or intercellular stmctures (including fibrosis), iπegular or suppressed biological activity of infected cells, malignant transformation, interference with the normal function of neighbonng cells, aggravation or suppression of an inflammatory or immunological response, and increased susceptibility to other pathogenic organisms and conditions "Treatment" of an individual or a cell is any type of intervention in an attempt to alter the natural course of the individual or cell For example, treatment of an individual may be undertaken to decrease or limit the pathology caused by a heφes vims infecting the individual Treatment includes (but is not limited to) administration of a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, and may be performed either prophylactically, or therapeutically, subsequent to the initiation of a pathologic event or contact with an etiologic agent It is understood that a clinical or biological "sample" encompasses a vanety of sample types obtained from a subject and useful in an in vitro procedure, such as a diagnostic test The definition encompasses solid tissue samples obtained as a surgical removal, a pathology specimen, or a biopsy specimen, tissue cultures or cells denved therefrom and the progeny thereof, and sections or smears prepared from any of these sources Non-hmiting examples are samples obtained from infected sites, fibrotic sites, unaffected sites, and tumors The definition also encompasses blood, spinal fluid, and other liquid samples of biologic ongin, and may refer to either the cells or cell fragments suspended therein, or to the liquid medium and its solutes The definition also includes samples that have been solubilized or ennched for certain components, such as DNA, RNA, protein, or antibody Ohgonucleotide pnmers and probes descnbed herein have been named as follows The first part of the designation is the single ammo acid code for a portion of the conserved region of the polypeptide they are based upon, usually 4 residues long This is followed with the letter A or B, indicating respectively that the oligonucleotide is complementary to the sense or anti-sense strand of the encoding region Secondary consensus o gonucleotides used for sequencing and labeling reactions have the letters SQ at the end of the designation .53 General techniques The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology, microbiology, recombinant DNA, and immunology, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. See, for example, "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", Second Edition (Sambrook, Fritsch & Maniatis, 1989), "Oligonucleotide Synthesis" (M.J. Gait, ed., 1984), "Animal Cell Culture" (R.I. Freshney, ed., 1987); the series "Methods in Enzymology" (Academic Press, Inc.); "Handbook of Experimental Immunology" (D.M. Weir & CC. Blackwell, eds.), "Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells" (J.M. Miller & M.P. Calos, eds., 1987), "Cuπent Protocols in Molecular Biology" (F.M. Ausubel et al., eds., 1987); and "Cuπent Protocols in Immunology" (J.E. Coligan et al., eds., 1991). All patents, patent applications, articles and publications mentioned herein, both supra and infra, are hereby incoφorated herein by reference. Polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B of the herpes virus RFHV/KSHV subfamily This invention embodies isolated polynucleotide segments derived from Glycoprotein B genes present in heφes vimses that encode a fragment of a Glycoprotein B polypeptide. The polynucleotides are related to the RFHV/KSHV subfamily of herpes vimses. Exemplary polynucleotides encode Glycoprotein B fragments from either RFHV or KSHV. Preferred fragments include those shown in Figure 1 , and subfragments thereof, obtained as described in the Example section below. Especially prefeπed is the polynucleotide comprising the sequence between residues 36-354 of SEQ. ID NO:1, SEQ. ID NO:3, or SEQ. ID NO:96, or polynucleotides contained in SEQ. ID NO:92. The polynucleotide segments of RFHV and KSHV between residues 36 and 354 are 76% identical. Shared residues are indicated in Figure 1 by "*". The longest subregions that are identically shared between RFHV and KSHV within this segment are 15, 17, and 20 nucleotides in length. The 319 base pair fragments of RFHV and KSHV between the amplification primer binding sites are more identical to each other than either of them are to that of any previously sequenced herpes vims. The next most closely related sequences are sHV1 and bHV4, which are 63% identical to the coπesponding sequence of KSHV, and 60% identical to the corresponding sequence of RFHV. The longest number of consecutive bases shared between the Glycoprotein B fragment and any of the previously sequenced vimses is 14. It is believed that any subfragment of the RFHV or KSHV sequence of 16 base pairs or longer will be unique to the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, or to particular herpes vims species and variants within the subfamily. This invention embodies subfragments contained in the Glycoprotein B gene of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, preferably contained in the region coπesponding to the 319 base pair fragment between residues 36-354 of SEQ. ID NO:1, SEQ. ID NO:3, or SEQ. ID NO:96, or anywhere in SEQ. ID NO:92. Preferably, the sub-fragments are at least about 16 nucleotides in length; more preferably they are at least 18 nucleotides in length; more preferably they are at least 21 nucleotides in length; more preferably they are at least about 25 nucleotides in length; more preferably they are at least about 35 nucleotides in length; still more preferably they are at least about 50 nucleotides in length; yet more preferably they are at least about 75 nucleotides in length, and even more preferably they are 100 nucleotides in length or more. Also embodied in this invention are polynucleotides comprising the entire open reading frame of each respective herpes vims Glycoprotein B. The RFHV/KSHV subfamily consists of members that have sequences that are more closely identical to the coπesponding sequences of RFHV or KSHV, than RFHV or KSHV are to any other vims listed in Table 1. Prefeπed members of the family may be identified on the basis of the sequence of the Glycoprotein B gene in the region coπesponding to that of Figure 1. Table 2 provides the degree of sequence identities in this region: TABLE 2: Sequence Identities Between Glycoprotein B of KSHV and other Herpes Viruses Identity to polynucleotide fragment Glycoprotein B SEQ. ID NO: RFHV KSHV Sequence (SEQ. ID NO:1) (SEQ. ID NO:3) Bases 36-354 Bases 36-354 RFHV 1 (100%) 76% RFHV/KSHV subfamily KSHV 3 76% (100%) Other gamma sHV1 5 60% 63% herpes vimses bHV4 6 60% 63% eHV2 7 52% 54% mHV68 8 56% 54% hEBV 9 < 50% 52% alpha and beta hCMV 10 < 50% < 50% herpes vimses hHV6 11 < 50% < 50% hVZV 12 < 50% < 50% HSV1 13 < 50% < 50% The percentage of sequence identity is calculated by first aligning the encoded amino acid sequence, determining the coπesponding alignment of the encoding polynucleotide, and then counting the number of residues shared between the sequences being compared at each aligned position. No penalty is imposed for the presence of insertions or deletions, but insertions or deletions are permitted only where required to accommodate an obviously increased number of amino acid residues in one of the sequences being aligned. Offsetting insertions just to improve sequence alignment are not AS permitted at either the polypeptide or polynucleotide level. Thus, any insertions in the polynucleotide sequence will have a length which is a multiple of 3. The percentage is given in teπns of residues in the test sequence that are identical to residues in the comparison or reference sequence. Prefeπed Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide sequences of this invention are those derived from the RFHV/KSHV heφes virus subfamily. They include those sequences that are at least 65% identical with the RFHV or KSHV sequence between bases 36 and 354; more preferably, the sequences are at least 67% identical; more preferably, the sequences are at least about 70% identical; more preferably, the sequences are at least about 75% identical; more preferably, the sequences are at least about 80% identical; more preferably, the sequences are at least about 85% identical; more preferably, the sequences are at least about 90% identical; even more preferably, the sequences are over 95% identical. Also included are Glycoprotein B encoding regions that are upstream or downstream of a region fulfilling the identity criteria indicated. Other prefeπed Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide sequences may be identified by the percent identity with RFHVKSHV subfamily-specific oligonucleotides (Type 2 oligonucleotides) described in more detail in a later section. The percent identity of RFHV and KSHV Glycoprotein B with exemplary Type 2 oligonucleotides is shown in Table 3: TABLE 3: Sequence Identities Between Glycoprotein B of Select Herpes Viruses and RFHV/KSHV Subfamily Specific Oligonucleotides Identity to Identity to Identity to Identity to SHMDA CFSSB ENTFA DNIQB Glycoprotein B SEQ. ID Sequence NO: (SEα ID (SEα ID (SEQ. ID (SEQ. ID NO:41) NO:43) NO:45) NO:46) RFHV 1 91% 91% 89% 91% KSHV 3 100% 85% 89% 97% SHV1 5 71% 70% 66% 66% bHV4 6 57% 64% 69% 74% eHV2 7 57% 61% 54% 60% mHV68 8 <50% 55% 54% 77% hEBV 9 57% 55% 60% 51% hCMV 10 57% 55% 60% 51% hHV6 11 <50% 52% 60% 57% hVZV 12 54% 58% 66% 57% HSV1 13 57% 60% 54% 54% Percent identity is calculated for oligonucleotides of this length by not allowing gaps in either the oligonucleotide or the polypeptide for puφoses of alignment. Throughout this disclosure, whenever at least one of two sequences being compared is a degenerate oligonucleotide comprising an ambiguous residue, the two sequences are identical if at least one of the alternative forms of the degenerate oligonucleotide is identical to the sequence with which it is being compared As an illustration, AYAAA is 100% identical to ATAAA, since AYAAA is a mixture of ATAAA and ACAAA Preferred Glycoprotein B encoding sequences are those which over the corresponding region are at least 72% identical to SHMDA, more preferably they are at least 74% identical, more preferably they are at least about 77% identical, more preferably they are at least about 80% identical, more preferably they are at least about 85% identical, more preferably they are at least about 91% identical Other prefeπed Glycoprotein B encoding sequences are those which over the coπesponding region are at least 71% identical to CFSSB, more preferably they are at least 73% identical, more preferably they are at least about 77% identical, more preferably they are at least about 80% identical, more preferably they are at least about 85% identical Other prefeπed Glycoprotein B encoding sequences are those which over the coπesponding region are at least 70% identical to ENTFA, more preferably they are at least 72% identical, more preferably they are at least about 75% identical, more preferably they are at least about 80% identical, more preferably they are at least about 85% identical, even more preferably, they are at least about 89% identical Other prefeπed Glycoprotein B encoding sequences are those which over the coπesponding region are at least about 78% identical to DNIQB, more preferably they are at least 80% identical, more preferably they are at least about 85% identical, more preferably they are at least about 91% identical Also included are Glycoprotein B encoding regions that are upstream or downstream of a region fulfilling the identity cntena indicated Glycoprotein B encoding sequences from members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily identified by any of the aforementioned sequence compansons, using either RFHV or KSHV sequences, or the subfamily-specific oligonucleotides, are equally prefeπed Exemplary sequences are the Glycoprotein B encoding sequences of RFHV and KSHV Also embodied in this invention are fragments of any Glycoprotein B encoding sequences of the subfamily, and longer polynucleotides compnsmg such polynucleotide fragments The polynucleotide sequences descnbed in this section provide a basis for obtaining the synthetic oligonucleotides, proteins and antibodies outlined in the sections that follow These compounds may be prepared by standard techniques known to a practitioner of ordinary skill in the art, and may be used for a number of investigative, diagnostic, and therapeutic puφoses, as descnbed below Preparation of polynucleotides Polynucleotides and ohgonucleotides of this invention may be prepared by any suitable method known in the art For example, oligonucleotide pπmers can be used in a PCR amplification of DNA obtained from herpes vims infected tissue, as in Example 3 and Example 11 , descnbed below Altematively, ohgonucleotides can be used to identify suitable bacteπal clones of a DNA library, as descnbed below in Example 8 Polynucleotides may also be prepared directly from the sequence provided herein by chemical synthesis Several methods of synthesis are known in the art, including the tπester method and the phosphite method In a prefeπed method, polynucleotides are prepared by solid-phase synthesis using mononucleoside phosphoramidite coupling units See, for example Hoπse et al , Beaucage et al , Kumar et al , and U S Patent No 4,415,732 A typical solid-phase synthesis involves reiterating four steps deprotection, coupling, capping, and oxidation This results in the stepwise synthesis of an ohgonucleotide in the 3' to 5' direction In the first step, the growing o gonucleotide, which is attached at the 3'-end via a (-0-) group to a solid support, is deprotected at the 5' end For example, the 5' end may be protected by a -ODMT group, formed by reacting with 4,4'-dιmethoxytπtyl chlonde (DMT-CI) in pyndine This group is stable under basic conditions, but is easily removed under acid conditions, for example, in the presence of dichloroacetic acid (DCA) or tπchloroacetic acid (TCA) Deprotection provides a 5' -OH reactive group In the second step, the ohgonucleotide is reacted with the desired nucleotide monomer, which itself has first been converted to a 5'-protected, 3'-phosphoramιdιte The 5' -OH of the monomer may be protected, for example, in the form of a -ODMT group, and the 3'-OH group may be converted to a phosphoramidite, such as -OP(OR')NR 2 , where R is the isopropyl group -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , and R' is, for example, -H (yielding a phosphoramidite diester), or -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , or the beta-cyanoethyl group -CH 2 CH 2 CN (yielding a phosphoramidite tπester) The 3'-phosphoramιdιte group of the monomer reacts with the 5' -OH group of the growing oligonucleotide to yield the phosphite linkage 5'-OP(OR')0-3' In the third step, ohgonucleotides that have not coupled with the monomer are withdrawn from further synthesis to prevent the formation of incomplete polymers This is achieved by capping the remaining 5' -OH groups, for example, in the form of acetates (-OC(0)CH 3l ) by reaction with acetic anhydπde (CH 3 C(0)-0-C(0)CH 3 ) In the fourth step, the newly fonned phosphite group (i e , 5'-OP(OR')0-3') is oxidized to a phosphate group (i e , 5'-OP(=0)(OR')0-3'), for example, by reaction with aqueous iodine and pyndine The four-step process may then be reiterated, since the ohgonucleotide obtained at the end of the process is 5 -protected and is ready for use in step one When the desired full-length ohgonucleotide has been obtained, it may be cleaved from the solid support, for example, by treatment with alkali and heat This step may also serve to convert phosphate tnesters (i e , when R' is not -H) to the phosphate diesters (-OP(=0) 2 0-), and to deprotect base-labile protected am o groups of the nucleotide bases Polynucleotides prepared by any of these methods can be replicated to provide a larger supply by any standard technique, such as PCR amplification or gene cloning Cloning and expression vectors comprising a Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide Cloning vectors and expression vectors are provided in this invention that compnse a sequence encoding a herpes vims Glycoprotein B or vanant or fragment thereof Suitable cloning vectors may be constmcted according to standard techniques, or may be selected from the large number of cloning vectors available in the art While the cloning vector selected may vary according to the host cell intended to be used, useful cloning vectors will generally have the ability to self-rephcate, may possess a single target for a particular restπction endonuclease, and may carry genes for a marker that can be used in selecting transfected clones Suitable examples include plasmids and bacteπal vimses, e g , pUC18, <λ mp18, mp19, pBR322, pMB9, ColE1, pCR1, RP4, phage DNAs, and shuttle vectors like pSA3 and pAT28. Expression vectors generally are replicable polynucleotide constmcts that encode a polypeptide operatively linked to suitable transcriptional and translational controlling elements. Examples of transcriptional controlling elements are promoters, enhancers, transcription initiation sites, and transcription termination sites. -Examples of translational controlling elements are ribosome binding sites, translation initiation sites, and stop codons. Protein processing elements may also be included: for example, regions that encode leader or signal peptides and protease cleavage sites required for translocation of the polypeptide across the membrane or secretion from the cell. The elements employed would be functional in the host cell used for expression. The controlling elements may be derived from the same Glycoprotein B gene used in the vector, or they may be heterologous (i.e., derived from other genes and/or other organisms). Polynucleotides may be inserted into host cells by any means known in the art. Suitable host cells include bacterial cells such as £. coli, mycobacteria, other prokaryotic microorganisms and eukaryotic cells (including fungal cells, insect cells, plant cells, and animal cells). The cells are transformed by inserting the exogenous polynucleotide by direct uptake, endocytosis, transfection, f-mating, or electroporation. Subsequently, the exogenous polynucleotide may be maintained within the cell as a non-integrated vector, such as a plasmid, or may altematively be integrated into the host cell genome. Cloning vectors may be used to obtain replicate copies of the polynucleotides they contain, or as a means of storing the polynucleotides in a depository for future recovery. -Expression vectors and host cells may be used to obtain polypeptides transcribed by the polynucleotides they contain. They may also be used in assays where it is desirable to have intact cells capable of synthesizing the polypeptide, such as in a dmg screening assay. Synthetic Type 1 oligonucleotides for Glycoprotein B of gamma herpes virus Oligonucleotides designed from sequences of herpes vims Glycoprotein B, as embodied in this invention, can be used as probes to identify related sequences, or as primers in an amplification reaction such as a PCR. Different oligonucleotides with different properties are described in the sections that follow. Oligonucleotides designated as Type 1 are designed from previously known gamma heφes vims Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences. They are designed to hybridize with polynucleotides encoding any gamma heφes vims Glycoprotein B, and may be used to detect previously known species of gamma heφes vims. They may also be used to detect and characterize new species of gamma heφes vims. O gonucleotides designated as Type 2 are designed from the RFHV and KSHV Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences together. They are designed to hybridize with polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, including but not limited to RFHV and KSHV. Oligonucleotides designated as Type 3 are designed from RFHV or KSHV Glycoprotein sequences that are relatively unique to the individual vims. They are designed to hybridize specifically with polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B only from RFHV or KSHV and closely related viral strains. Some prefeπed examples of Type 1 oligonucleotides are listed in Table 4. These oligonucleotides have a specificity for Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotides of a broad range of herpes vimses. TABLE 4: Type 1 Oligonucleotides used for Detecting, Amplifying, or Characterizing Herpes Virus Polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B Target: Heφes Glycoprotein B, especially from gamma Herpesviruses Desig¬ Sequence Length No. of Orien¬ SEQ nation (5' to 3') forms tation ID: FRFDA GCTGTTCAGATTTGACTTAGAYMANMCNTGYCC 33 256 sense 13 NIVPA GTGTACAAGAAGAACATCGTGCCNTAYATNTΓΎA 32 64 sense 14 A NIVPASQ GTGTACAAGAAGAACATCGTGCC 23 1 15 TVNCB AACATGTCTACAATCTCACARTTNACNGTNGT 32 128 anti¬ 16 sense TVNCBSQ AACATGTCTACAATCTCACA 20 1 17 FAYDA AATAACCTCTTTACGGCCCAAATTCARTWYGCN 38 64 sense 18 TAYGA IYGKA CCAACGAGTGTGATGTCAGCCATTTAYGGNAAR 38 64 sense 19 CCNGT IYGKASQ CCAACGAGTGTGATGTCAGCC 21 1 20 CYSRA TGCTACTCGCGACCTCTAGTCACCTΓΎAARTTYR 38 64 sense 21 TNAA I CYSRASQ TGCTACTCGCGACCTCTAGTCACC 24 1 22 NIDFB ACCGGAGTACAGTTCCACTGTYTTRAARTCDATR 36 48 anti¬ 23 TT sense NIDFBSQ TGTCACCTTGACATGAGGCCA 21 1 24 FREYA TTTGACCTGGAGACTATGTTYMGNGARTAYAA 32 64 sense 25 FREYB GCTCTGGGTGTAGTAGTTRTAYTCYCTRAACAT 33 16 anti¬ 26 sense NVFDB TCTCGGAACATGCTCTCCAGRTCRAAMACRTT 32 32 anti¬ 27 sense GGMA ACCTTCATCAAAAATCCCTTNGGNGGNATGYT 32 128 sense 28 TVNCA TGGACTTACAGGACTCGAACNACNGTNAAYTG 32 128 sense 29 The orientation indicated in Table 4 is relative to the encoding region of the polynucleotide. Oligomers with a "sense" orientation will hybridize to the strand antisense to the coding strand and initiate amplification in the direction of the coding sequence. Oligomers with an "antisense" orientation will hybridize to the coding strand and initiate amplification in the direction opposite to the coding sequence. These oligonucleotides have been designed with several properties in mind: 1) sensitivity for target DNA even when present in the source material at very low copy numbers; 2) sufficient specificity to avoid hybridizing with unwanted sequences; for example, host sequences with limited similarity; 3) sufficient cross-reactivity so that differences between an unknown target and the sequence used to design it do not prevent the oligonucleotide from forming a stable duplex with the target. For some applications, a particularly effective design is oligonucleotides that have a degenerate segment at the 3' end, designed from a region of at least 2 known polynucleotides believed to be somewhat conserved with the polynucleotide target. The various permutations of the ambiguous residues help ensure that at least one of the alternative forms of the oligonucleotide will be able to hybridize with the target. Adjacent to the degenerate segment at the 5' end of the oligonucleotide is a consensus segment which strengthens any duplex which may form and permits hybridization or amplification reactions to be done at higher temperatures. The degenerate segment is located at the 3' end of the molecule to increase the likelihood of a close match between the oligonucleotide and the target at the site where elongation begins during a polymerase chain reaction. The ambiguous residues in the degenerate part of the sequences are indicated according to the following code: TABLE 5: Single Letter Codes for Ambiguous Positions Code Represents R A or G (purine) Y C orT (pyrimidine) W A orT s C or G M A or C K G or T B C or G or T (not A) D A or G orT (not C) H A or C or T (not G) V A or C or G (not T) N A or C or G or T The Type 1 oligonucleotides shown in Table 4 are generally useful for hybridizing with Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide segments. This may be conducted to detect the presence of the polynucleotide, or to prime an amplification reaction so that the polynucleotide can be characterized further. Suitable targets include polynucleotides encoding a region of a Glycoprotein B from a wide spectmm of gamma heφes vimses, including members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily. Suitable are those infecting any vertebrate animal, including humans and non-human primates, whether or not the Glycoprotein B or the vims has been previously known or described. Non-limiting examples include polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B from any of the gamma herpes vimses hsted in Table 1. The oligonucleotides may be used, inter alia, to prime a reaction to amplify a region of the target polynucleotide in the 3' direction from the site where the oligonucleotide hybridizes. FRFDA, HIVPA, TVNCB, FAYDA, IYGKA, CYSRA, NIDFB, FREYA, FREYB, NVFDB, GGMA, and TVNCA are ohgonucleotides with a consensus segment adjoining a degenerate segment, and are useful for this purpose Figure 2 shows the position along the Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequence of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily where the aforementioned ohgonucleotide pπmers are expected to hybndize The map is not drawn to scale, but accurately depicts the order of the predicted hybndization sites in the 5' to 3' direction along the Glycoprotein B encoding strand Also indicated are approximate lengths of amplification products that may be generated by using vanous sets of pπmers in an amplification reaction The lengths shown include the pπmer binding sites at each end, and the polynucleotide encompassed between them A prefeπed source of DNA for use as a target for the ohgonucleotides of Table 4 is any biological sample (including solid tissue and tissue cultures), particularly of vertebrate animal ongm, known or suspected to harbor a herpes vims DNA is extracted from the source by any method known in the art, including extraction with organic solvents or precipitation at high salt concentration A prefeπed method of amplification is a polymerase chain reaction see generally U S Patent No 4,683,195 (Mullis) and U S 4,683,202 (Mullis et al ), see U S 5,176,995 (Snmsky et al ) for application to viral polynucleotides An amplification reaction may be conducted by combining the target polynucleotide to be amphfied with short oligonucleotides capable of hybndizing with the target and acting as a pnmer for the polymenzation reaction Also added are substrate mononucleotides and a heat-stable DNA-dependent Glycoprotein B, such as Taq The conditions used for amphfication reactions are generally known in the art, and can be optimized empincally using sources of known vimses, such RFHV, KSHV, hEBV or HSV1 Condibons can be altered, for example, by changing the time and temperature of the amplification cycle, particularly the hybndization phase, changing the molanty of the o gonucleotide pnmers, changing the buffer composition, and changing the number of amplification cycles Fine-tuning the amplification conditions is a routine matter for a practitioner of ordinary skill in the art In one method, a single pnmer of this invention is used in the amphfication, optionally using a second pnmer, such as a random pnmer, to initiate replication downstream from the first pnmer and in the opposite direction in a prefeπed method, at least two of the pnmers of this invention are used in the same reaction to initiate replication in opposite directions The use of at least two specific pnmers enhances the specificity of the amplification reaction, and defines the size of the fragment for companson between samples For example, amplification may be performed using pnmers NIVPA and TVNCB More prefeπed is the use of several sets of pnmers in a nested fashion to enhance the amplification Nesting is accomplished by performing a first amplification using pnmers that generate an intermediate product, compnsing one or more internal binding sites for additional pnmers This is followed by a second amphfication, using a new pnmer in conjunction with one from the previous set, or two new pnmers The second amphfication product is therefore a subfragment of the first product If desired, additional rounds of amphfication can be performed using additional pnmers Accordingly, nesting amphfication reactions can be performed with any combination of three or more oligonucleotide pnmers compnsing at least one pnmer with a sense onentation and one pnmer with an antisense orientation. Preferably, primers are chosen so that intermediate amplification products are no more than about 2000 base pairs; more preferably, they are no more than about 1500 base pairs; even more preferably, they are no more than about 750 base pairs. Preferably, the innermost primers provide a final amplification product of no more than about 1200 base pairs; more preferably, they are no more than about 750 base pairs; even more preferably, they are no more than about 500 base pairs. Accordingly, a prefeπed combination is at least three primers selected from FAYDA, IYGKA, CYSRA, NIDFB, NVFDB, and FREYB. Another preferred combination is at least three primers selected from FRFDA, NIVPA, TVNCA, NIDFB, NVFDB, and FREYB. Particulariy preferred is a first amplification using primer FRFDA and TVNCB, followed by a second amplification using primer NIVPA and TVNCB. When performed on a polynucleotide from a Glycoprotein B gene of KSHV, the size of the final fragment including the primer binding regions is about 386 bases. The amplified polynucleotides can be characterized at any stage during the amplification reaction, for example, by size determination. Preferably, this is performed by mnning the polynucleotide on a gel of about 1-2% agarose. If present in sufficient quantity, the polynucleotide in the gel can be stained with ethidium bromide and detected under ultraviolet light. Altematively, the polynucleotide can be labeled with a radioisotope such as 32 P or ^S before loading on a gel of about 6% polyacrylamide, and the gel can subsequently be used to produce an autoradiogram. A prefeπed method of labeling the amplified polynucleotide is to end-label an oligonucleotide primer such as NIVPA with M P using a polynucleotide kinase and gamma-^Pl-ATP, and continuing amplification for about 5-15 cycles. If desired, size separation may also be used as a step in the preparation of the amplified polynucleotide. This is particulariy useful when the amplification mixture is found to contain artifact polynucleotides of different size, such as may have arisen through cross-reactivity with undesired targets. A separating gel, such as described in the preceding paragraph, is dried onto a paper backing and used to produce an autoradiogram. Positions of the gel coπesponding to the desired bands on the autoradiogram are cut out and extracted by standard techniques. The extracted polynucleotide can then be characterized directly, cloned, or used for a further round of amplification. The oligonucleotides NIVPASQ, TVNCBSQ, IYGKASQ, CYSRASQ, and NIDFBSQ are each derived from a consensus-degenerate Type 1 oligonucleotide. They retain the consensus segment, but lack the degenerate segment. They are useful, inter alia, in sequencing of a Glycoprotein B polynucleotide fragment successfully amplified using a consensus-degenerate oligonucleotide. Unwanted polynucleotides in a mixture from an amplification reaction can also be proportionally reduced by shifting to primers of this type. For example, an initial 3-5 cycles of amplification can be conducted using primers NIVPA and TVNCB at 1/5 to 1/25 the normal amount. Then a molar excess (for example, 50 pmol) of NIVPASQ and/or TVNCBSQ is added, and the amplification is continued for an additional 30-35 cycles. This reduces the complexity of the oligonucleotides present in the amplification mixture, and permits the reaction temperatures to be increased to reduce amplification of unwanted polynucleotides. Type 2 oligonucleotide primers for Glycoprotein B of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily Type 2 oligonucleotides are intended for detection or amplification reactions for the Glycoprotein B of any vims of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily. They are designed from segments of the Glycoprotein B encoding region that are relatively well conserved between RFHV and KSHV, but not other previously sequenced gamma heφes vimses. Preferred examples are shown in Table 6: TABLE 6: Type 2 Oligonucleotides used for Detecting, Amplifying, or Characterizing Herpes Virus Polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B Target: Glycoprotein B from the RFHV/KSHV subfamily of herpes viruses Desig¬ Sequence Length No. of Orien¬ SEQ nation (5* to 3') forms tation ID: SHMDA AGACCCGTGCCACTCTATGARATHAGYCAYA 35 24 sense 41 TGGA SHMDASQ AGACCCGTGCCACTCTATGA 20 1 42 CFSSB GTTCACAACAATCTTCATNGARCTRAARCA 30 32 anti¬ 43 sense CFSSBSQ GTTCACAACAATCTTCAT 18 1 44 ENTFA GTCAACGGAGTAGARAAYACNTTYACNGA 29 128 sense 45 DNIQB ACTGGCTGGCTAAAGTACCTTTGAATRTTRTC 35 16 anti¬ 46 NGT sense 9 DNIQBSQ ACTGGCTGGCTAAAGTACCTTTG 23 1 47 Type 2 oligonucleotides may be used for many puφoses where specificity for the RFHV/KSHV subfamily specificity is desired. This includes the detection or amplification of Glycoprotein B from known vimses of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, or characterization of Glycoprotein B from new members of the family. SHMDA, CFSSB, ENTFA, and DNIQB are consensus-degenerate oligonucleotides with a degenerate 3' end, useful as initial primers for PCR amplifications, including polynucleotides of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily which are not identical to either RFHV or KSHV. SHMDASQ, CFSSBSQ, and DNIQBSQ contain only a consensus segment, and are useful for example in labeling or sequencing polynucleotides already amplified using the consensus-degenerate oligonucleotides. In one application, these Type 2 oligonucleotides are used individually or in combination as amplification primers. In one example of this application, the oligonucleotides are used directly on DNA obtained from a tissue sample to obtain a Glycoprotein B from the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, but not more distantly related vimses that may be present in the same tissue, such as hEBV, hCMV or HSV1. Thus, SHMDA and DNIQB may be used as primers in a PCR, optionally preamplified using Type 1 oligonucleotides such as NIVPA and TVNCB. Other combinations are also suitable, in another example, one of the Type 2 oligonucleotides of Table 6 is used in combination with a suitable Type 1 31 oligonucleotide listed earlier. Thus, NIVPA may be used in combination with DNIQB, or SHMDA may be used in combination with TVNCB as primers in a PCR. The DNA source may optionally be preamplified using NIVPA and TVNCB. Other combinations are also suitable. In another application, Type 2 oligonucleotides, or oligonucleotides comprising these sequences or fragments thereof, are used as probes in a detection assay. For example, they can be provided with a suitable label such as 32 P, and then used in a hybridization assay with a suitable target, such as DNA amplified using FRFDA and/or NIVPA, along with TVNCB. Type 3 oligonucleotide primers specific for Glycoprotein B of RFHV or KSHV Type 3 oligonucleotides are intended for detection or amplification reactions specific for a particular vims. They are non-degenerate segments of the Glycoprotein B encoding region of RFHV or KSHV that are relatively more variable between these two vimses and against other heφes vimses than are other segments of the region. Prefeπed examples are shown in Table 7, and in the Example section. 3f TABLE 7 Type 3 Oligonucleotides used for Detecting, Amplifying, or Characterizing Herpes Virus Polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B Target Glycoprotein B from RFHV Desig¬ Sequence Length No. of Orien-tatiσn SEQ nation (5' to 3') forms ID: GMTEB TGCTGCTTCTGTCATACCGCG 21 anti-sense 48 AAITB TATTTGTTTGTGATTGCTGCT 21 anti-sense 49 GMTEA GCGGTATGACAGAAGCAGCAA 21 sense 50 KYEIA AACAAATATGAGATCCCCAGG 21 sense 51 TDRDB TCATCCCGATCGGTGAACGTA 21 anti-sense 52 VEGLB TTGTCAGTTAGACCTTCGACG 21 anti-sense 53 VEGLA CCCGTCGAAGGTCTAACTGAC 21 sense 54 PVLYA AGCCAACCAGTACTGTACTCT 21 sense 55 Target Glycoprotein B from KSHV Desig¬ Sequence Length No. of Orien-tation SEQ nation (5' to 3') forms ID: GLTEB TGATGGCGGACTCTGTCAAGC 21 anti-sense 56 TNKYB GTTCATACTTGTTGGTGATGG 21 anti-sense 57 GLTEA GGGCTTGACAGAGTCCGCCAT 21 sense 58 YELPA ACAAGTATGAACTCCCGAGAC 21 sense 59 VNVNB ACCCCGTTGACATTTACCTTC 21 anti-sense 60 TFTDV TCGTCTCTGTCAGTAAATGTG 21 anti-sense 61 TVFLA CCACAGTATTCCTCCAACCAG 21 sense 62 SQPVA GGTACTTTAGCCAGCCGGTCA 21 sense 63 GMTEB, AAITB, GMTEA, KYEIA, TDRDB, VEGLB, VEGLA, and PVLYA are specific non-degenerate oligonucleotides for the RFHV Glycoprotein B, and can be used for the amplification or detection of Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotides of RFHV origin. Amplification is preferably done using the oligonucleotides in a nested fashion: e.g., a first amplification is conducted using GMTEEA and VEGLB as primers; then a second amplification is conducted using KYEIA and TDRDB as primers. This provides an extremely sensitive amplification assay that is specific for RFHV Glycoprotein B. GMTEB and AAITB hybridize near the 5' end of the fragment, and may be used in combination with up¬ stream hybridizing Type 1 oligonucleotides to amplify or detect sequences in the 5' direction. VEGLA and PVLYA hybridize near the 3' end of the fragment, and may be used in combination with down¬ stream hybridizing Type 1 oligonucleotides to amplify or detect sequences in the 3' direction. Similarly, GLTEB, TNKYB, GLTEA, YELPA, VNVNB, ENTFB, SQPVA, and TVFLA are specific non-degenerate oligonucleotides for the KSHV Glycoprotein B, and can be used in a similar fashion, including as primers for an amplification reaction. Preferably, the amplification is done using the oligonucleotides in a nested fashion: e.g., a first amplification is conducted using GLTEEA and ENTFB 3 i> as primers; then a second amplification is conducted using YELPA and VNVNB as primers. This provides an extremely sensitive amplification assay that is specific for KSHV Glycoprotein B. GLTEB and TNKYB hybridize near the 5' end of the fragment, and may be used in combination with up-stream hybridizing Type 1 oligonucleotides to amplify or detect sequences in the 5' direction. SQPVA and TVFLA hybridize near the 3' end of the fragment, and may be used in combination with down-stream hybridizing Type 1 oligonucleotides to amplify or detect sequences in the 3' direction. Practitioners skilled in the art will immediately recognize that oligonucleotides of Types 1 , 2 and 3 (in particular, those shown in Tables 4, 6 and 7) can be used in combination with each other in a PCR to amplify different sections of a Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide. The specificity of the amplification reaction generally is determined by the primer with the least amount of cross reactivity. The size and location of the amplified fragment is determined by the primers used in the final round of amplification. For example, NIVPA used in combination with SQPVB will amplify about 310 bases of Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide from a vims closely related to KSHV. Suitable combinations of oligonucleotides may be used as amplification primers in a nested fashion. Use of synthetic oligonucleotides to characterize polynucleotide targets As described in the previous section, the oligonucleotides embodied in this invention, can be used as primers for amplification of polynucleotides encoding a heφes vims Glycoprotein B, particulariy in a polymerase chain reaction. The conditions for conducting the PCR depend on the nature of the oligonucleotide being used. In particular, when using oligonucleotides comprising a degenerate segment, or a consensus segment that is only partly identical to the coπesponding segment of the target, and when the target polynucleotide comprises an unknown sequence, the selection of conditions may be important to the success of the amplification. Optimizing conditions for a new primer or new polynucleotide target are routine for a practitioner of ordinary skill. What follows is a guide to assist in that objective. First, the temperature of the annealing step of the PCR is optimized to increase the amount of target polynucleotide being amplified above the amount of unrelated polynucleotide amplified. Ideally, the temperature permits the primers to hybridize with the target sequence but not with other sequences. For primers comprising a consensus segment (Type 1), the temperature of the annealing step in repeat cycles of a PCR is generally at least about 45"C; preferably it is at least about 50°C. It is also preferable to conduct the first few cycles of the PCR at even higher temperatures, such as 55°C or even 60"C. The higher temperature will compel the annealing to be more sequence specific during the cycle and will reduce the background amplification of unrelated sequences. Annealing steps for subsequent cycles may be performed under slightly less stringent conditions to improve the rate of amplification. In an especially prefeπed procedure, the first PCR amplification cycle comprises an annealing step of about 1 min conducted at 60°C. Annealing steps in subsequent cycles are conducted at 2°C lower each cycle, until a temperature of 50°C is reached. Further cycles are then conducted with annealing steps at 50°C, until the desired degree of amplification is achieved. Pπmers which are virus-specific and do not contain a consensus segment (Type 3) are more selective, and may be effective over a broader temperature range Prefeπed temperatures for the annealing step in PCR amplification cycles are between 50°C and 65°C Second, the buffer conditions are optimized We have found that buffers supplied with commercial preparations of Taq polymerase are sometimes difficult to use, in part because of a critical dependence on the concentration of magnesium ion PCRs performed using the oligonucleotides of this invention generally are more easily performed using a buffer such as that suggested by M Wigler (Lisitsyn et al ) Preferably, the final PCR reaction mixture contains (NH 4 ) 2 S0 4 instead of KCl as the pπncipal ion source Preferably, the concentration of (NH 4 ) 2 S0 4 in the final reaction mixture is about 5- 50 mM, more preferably about 10-30 mM, even more preferably 16 mM The buffering component is preferably Tris, preferably at a final concentration of about 67 mM and a pH of about 8 8 Under these conditions, the MgCI 2 concentration is less cπtical Preferably the final concentration is about 1-10 mM, more preferably it is about 3-6 mM, optimally it is about 4 mM The reaction mixture may also contain about 10 mM β-mercaptoethanol and 0 05-1 mg/mL bovine semm albumin An especially prefeπed buffer is WB4 buffer (67 mM Tns buffer pH 8 8, 4 mM MgCI 2 , 16 mM (NH 4 ) 2 S0 4 , 10 mM β- mercaptoethanol and 0 1 mg/mL albumin Prefeπed conditions for performing the reaction are provided below in Example 3 To conduct the PCR reaction, a mixture compnsing the o gonucleotide pnmers, the four deoxynucleotides, a suitable buffer, the DNA to be amplified, and a heat-stable DNA-dependent DNA polymerase is prepared The mixture is then processed through temperature cycles for the annealing, elongating, and melting steps until the desired degree of amplification is achieved The amount of DNA produced can be determined, for example, by staining with ethidium bromide, optionally after separating amplified fragments on an agarose gel A possible complication of the amplification reaction is dimenzation and amplification of the oligonucleotide pnmers themselves This can be easily detected as low molecular weight (<100 base pair) fragments on an agarose gel Amplified pnmer can be removed by agarose or polyacrylamide gel separation The amount of amplified dimer may be reduced by minor adjustments to the conditions of the reaction, particularly the temperature of the annealing step It is also preferable to pre-mix the pnmers, the deoxynucleotides, and the buffer, and heat the mixture to 80 degrees before adding the DNA to be amphfied Amplification reactions using any the oligonucleotides of this invention as pnmers yield polynucleotide fragments encoding a portion of a Glycoprotein B These fragments can be charactenzed by a number of techniques known to a practitioner of ordinary skill in the art Some non-limiting methods for charactenz g a fragment are as follows In one method, a fragment may be sequenced according to any method of sequence determination known in the art, including the Maxam & Gilbert method, or the Sanger & Nicholson method Altematively, the fragment may be submitted to any of the commercial organizations that provide a polynucleotide sequencing service The fragment may optionally be cloned and/or amplified before sequencing The nucleotide sequence can be used to predict the am o acid sequence encoded 3 by the fragment. Sequence data can be used for comparison with other sequenced Glycoprotein B's, either at the polynucleotide level or the amino acid level, to identify the species of heφes vims present in the original source material. Sequence data can also be used in modeling algorithms to predict antigenic regions or three-dimensional stmcture. In a second method of characterizing, the size of the fragment can be determined by any suitable method, such as mnning on a polyacrylamide or agarose gel, or centrifuging through an appropriate density gradient. For example, for RFHV and KSHV, the fragment between NIVPA and TVNCB is about 319 bases. Hence, the length of the entire amplified fragment including primer binding regions is about 386 bases. The coπesponding fragment of sHV1 contains an additional 6 base pairs. The sHV1 fragment can therefore be distinguished from that of RFHV or KSHV, for example, by mnning amplified polynucleotide fragments from each in neighboring lanes of a separating gel, or by mnning the sHV1 fragment beside suitable molecular weight standards. Polynucleotide fragments identical in size to that of RFHV and KSHV may be from the same or a related viral species. Fragments substantially different in size are more likely to be derived from a different herpes vims. In a third method of characterizing, a fragment can be tested by attempting to hybridize it with an oligonucleotide probe. In a prefeπed example, a fragment is tested for relatedness to the Glycoprotein B encoding region of RFHV or KSHV. The test is conducted using a probe comprising a sequence of a Glycoprotein B encoding region, or its genetic complement. Suitable probes are polynucleotides comprising sequences from RFHV or KSHV, such as the Type 3 oligonucleotides listed in Table 7. The length and nature of the probe and the hybridization conditions are selected depending on the objectives of the test. If the objective is to detect only polynucleotides from RFHV or KSHV, including minor strain variants, then hybridization is performed under conditions of high stringency. A sequence from the respective Glycoprotein B is used. Longer length sequences improve the specificity of the test and can be used under conditions of higher stringency. Preferably, the probe will comprise a Glycoprotein B sequence of at least about 30 nucleotides; more preferably, the sequence will be at least about 50 nucleotides; even more preferably, the sequence will be at least about 75 nucleotides in length. If the objective is to detect polynucleotides that are closely related but not identical to RFHV or KSHV, such as in a screening test or a test to recmit previously undescribed vimses of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, then different conditions are chosen. Sequences from RFHV or KSHV may be used, but a mixture of the two or a degenerate probe is generally prefeπed. The length of the sequence and the conditions of the hybridization reaction are selected to provide sufficient specificity to exclude unwanted sequences, but otherwise provide a maximum degree of cross-reactivity amongst potential targets. Suitable conditions can be predicted using the formulas given earlier, by calculating the T m and then calculating the coπesponding temperature for the maximum degree of mismatch to be tolerated. The suitability of the conditions can be tested empirically by testing the cross-reactivity of the probes with samples containing known target polynucleotides encoding heφes Glycoprotein B. The minimum degree of complementarity required for a stable duplex to form under the conditions of the assay will determine what Glycoprotein B sequences will hybridize with the probe. Consider, for example, a target obtained from a human or non-human pπmate, amplified to produce a fragment coπesponding to bases 36-354 of SEQ ID NO 3, and then probed with the coπesponding fragment of the KSHV polynucleotide According to the data in Table 2, if the hybndization reaction is performed under conditions that require only about 50% identity for a stable duplex to form, the probe may hybndize with targets from any of the sequenced gamma heφes Glycoprotein B genes, including hEBV and sHV1 If the reaction is performed under conditions that require at least about 65% identity between probe and target, preferably at least about 67% identity, more preferably at least about 70% identity, and even more preferably at least about 75% identity for a stable duplex to form, the assay will detect a target polynucleotide from the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, i e , either RHFV, KSHV, or a closely related heφes virus with a Glycoprotein B polynucleotide not yet sequenced Even under hybndization conditions that required only about 50-55% identity for a stable duplex to form, a positive reaction would not indicate the presence of bHV4, eHV2, or mHV68, since these vimses are not believed to be capable of infecting pnmates It is possible to combine charactenzation by size and charactenzabon by hybndization For example, the amplified polynucleotide may be separated on a gel of acrylamide or agarose, blotted to a membrane of suitable matenal, such as nitrocellulose, and then hybndized with a probe with a suitable label, such as 32 P The presence of the label after washing reflects the presence of hybndizable matenal in the sample, while the migration distance compared with appropnate molecular weight standards reflects the size of the matenal A fragment sequence hybndizmg with one of the aforementioned probes under conditions of high stπngency but having an unexpected size would indicate a Glycoprotein B sequence with a high degree of identity to the probe, but distinct from either RFHV or KSHV Use of polynucleotides and oligonucleotides to detect herpes virus infection Polynucleotides encoding heφes vims Glycoprotein B, and synthetic oligonucleotides based thereupon, as embodied in this invention, are useful in the diagnosis of clinical conditions associated with herpes vims infection For example, the presence of detectable heφes Glycoprotein B in a clinical sample may suggest that the respective heφes vims participated as an etiologic agent in the development of the condition The presence of viral Glycoprotein B in a particular tissue, but not in surrounding tissue, may be useful in the localization of an infected lesion Differentiating between gamma heφes vims and other heφes vimses in clinical samples may be useful in predicting the clinical course of an infection or selecting a drug suitable for treatment Since Glycoprotein B is expressed by replicative vims, L-particles, and infected cells, we predict that it will serve as a useful marker for active and quiescent stages of the disease that involve expression of the protein in any of these forms The procedures for conducting diagnostic tests are extensively known in the art, and are routine for a practitioner of ordinary skill Generally, to perform a diagnostic method of this invention, one of the compositions of this invention is provided as a reagent to detect a target in a clinical sample with which it reacts For example, a polynucleotide of this invention may be used as a reagent to detect a DNA or RNA target, such as might be present in a cell infected with a heφes vims A polypeptide of this 10 invention may be used as a reagent to detect a target with which it is capable of forming a specific complex, such as an antibody molecule or (if the polypeptide is a receptor) the corresponding ligand An antibody of this invention may be used as a reagent to detect a target it specifically recognizes, such as a polypeptide expressed by virally infected cells The target is supplied by obtaining a suitable tissue sample from an individual for whom the diagnostic parameter is to be measured Relevant test samples are those obtained from individuals suspected of harboπng a herpes vims Many types of samples are suitable for this puφose, including those that are obtained near the suspected site of infection or pathology by biopsy or surgical dissection, in vitro cultures of cells denved therefrom, solubilized extracts, blood, and blood components If desired, the target may be partially puπfied from the sample or amplified before the assay is conducted The reaction is performed by contacting the reagent with the sample under conditions that will allow a complex to form between the reagent and the target The reaction may be performed in solution, or on a solid tissue sample, for example, using histology sections The formation of the complex is detected by a number of techniques known in the art For example, the reagent may be supplied with a label and unreacted reagent may be removed from the complex, the amount of remaining label thereby indicating the amount of complex formed Further details and alternatives for complex detection are provided in the descπptions that follow To determine whether the amount of complex formed is representative of heφes infected or uninfected cells, the assay result is preferably compared with a similar assay conducted on a control sample It is generally preferable to use a control sample which is from an uninfected source, and otherwise similar in composition to the clinical sample being tested However, any control sample may be suitable provided the relative amount of target in the control is known or can be used for comparative puφoses It is often preferable to conduct the assay on the test sample and the control sample simultaneously However, if the amount of complex formed is quantifiable and sufficiently consistent, it is acceptable to assay the test sample and control sample on different days or in different laboratones Accordingly, polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, and the synthetic oligonucleotides embodied in this invention, can be used to detect gamma heφes vims polynucleotide that may be present in a biological sample General methods for using polynucleotides in specific diagnostic assays are well known in the art see, e g , Patent Application JP 5309000 (latron) An assay employing a polynucleotide reagent may be rendered specific, for example 1) by performing a hybridization reaction with a specific probe, 2) by performing an amplification with a specific pπmer, or 3) by a combination of the two To perform an assay that is specific due to hybndization with a specific probe, a polynucleotide is chosen with the required degree of complementarity for the intended target Preferred probes include polynucleotides of at least about 16 nucleotides in length encoding a portion of the Glycoprotein B of RFHV, KSHV, or another member of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily Increasingly prefeπed are probes compnsmg at least about 18, 21, 25, 30, 50, or 100 nucleotides of the Glycoprotein B encoding region Also preferred are degenerate probes capable of forming stable duplexes with polynucleotides of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily under the conditions used, but not polynucleotides of other heφes vimses The probe is generally provided with a label Some of the labels often used tn this type of assay include radioisotopes such as 32 P and M P, chemiluminescent or fluorescent reagents such as fluorescem, and enzymes such as alkaline phosphatase that are capable of producing a colored solute or precipitant The label may be mtπnsic to the reagent, it may be attached by direct chemical linkage, or it may be connected through a senes of intermediate reactive molecules, such as a biotin-avidin complex, or a seπes of inter-reactive polynucleotides The label may be added to the reagent before hybndization with the target polynucleotide, or afterwards To improve the sensitivity of the assay, it is often desirable to increase the signal ensuing from hybndization This can be accomplished by using a combination of seπally hybridizing polynucleotides or branched polynucleotides in such a way that multiple label components become incoφorated into each complex See U S Patent No 5,124,246 (Urdea et al ) If desired, the target polynucleotide may be extracted from the sample, and may also be partially punfied To measure viral particles, the preparation is preferably enπched for DNA, to measure active transcπption of Glycoprotein B, the preparation is preferably ennched for RNA Generally, it is anticipated that the level of polynucleotide of a heφes vims will be low in clinical samples there may be just a few copies of DNA encoding the Glycoprotein B per cell where the vims is latent, or up to several hundred copies of DNA per cell where the vims is replicating The level of mRNA will be higher in cells where the protein is actively expressed than those where the gene is inactive It may therefore be desirable to enhance the level of target in the sample by amplifying the DNA or RNA A suitable method of amplification is a PCR, which is preferably conducted using one or more of the oligonucleotide pnmers embodied in this invention RNA may be amplified by making a cDNA copy using a reverse transcπptase, and then conducting a PCR using the aforementioned pπmers The target polynucleotide can be optionally subjected to any combination of additional treatments, including digestion with restπction endonucleases, size separation, for example by electrophoresis in agarose or polyacrylamide, and affixation to a reaction matrix, such as a blotting matenal Hybridization is allowed to occur by mixing the reagent polynucleotide with a sample suspected of containing a target polynucleotide under appropnate reaction conditions This may be followed by washing or separation to remove unreacted reagent Generally, both the target polynucleotide and the reagent must be at least partly equilibrated into the single-stranded form in order for complementary sequences to hybndize efficiently Thus, it may be useful (particularly in tests for DNA) to prepare the sample by standard denaturation techniques known in the art The level of stπngency chosen for the hybndization conditions depends on the objective of the test If it is desired that the test be specific for RFHV or KSHV, then a probe compnsmg a segment of the respective Glycoprotein B is used, and the reaction is conducted under conditions of high stnngency For example, a prefeπed set of conditions for use with a prefeπed probe of 50 nucleotides or more is 6 x SSC at 37"C in 50% formamide, followed by a wash at low ionic strength This will generally require the target to be at least about 90% identical with the polynucleotide probe for a stable duplex to form. The specificity of the reaction for the particular vims in question can also be increased by increasing the length of the probe used. Thus, longer probes are particularly prefeπed for this application of the invention. Alternatively, if it is desired that the test also be able to detect other heφes vimses related to KSHV, then a lower stringency is used. Suitable probes include fragments from the KSHV Glycoprotein B polynucleotide, a mixture thereof, or oligonucleotides such as those listed in Table 7. Appropriate hybridization conditions are determined to permit hybridization of the probe only to Glycoprotein B sequences that have the desired degree of identity with the probe. The stringency required depends on the length of the polynucleotide probe, and the degree of identity between the probe and the desired target sequence. Consider, for example, a probe consisting of the KSHV polynucleotide fragment between the hybridization sites of NIVPA and TVNCB. Conditions requiring a minimum identity of 60% would result in a stable duplex formed with a coπesponding polynucleotide of KSHV and other gamma heφes vimses such as sHV1; conditions requiring a minimum identity of 90% would result in a stable duplex forming only with a polynucleotide from KSHV and closely related variants. Conditions of inteπnediate stringency requiring a minimum identity of 65-70% would permit duplexes to form with a Glycoprotein B polynucleotide of KSHV, and some other members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, but not with coπesponding polynucleotides of other known heφes vimses, including gamma heφes vimses eHV2, sHV1 , mHV68, bHV4, EBV, and other human pathogens such as hCMV, hHV6, hVZV, and HSV1. Conditions can be estimated beforehand using the formula given earlier. Preferably, the exact conditions are confirmed by testing the probe with separate samples known to contain polynucleotides, both those desired to be detected and those desired to go undetected in the assay. Such samples may be provided either by synthesizing the polynucleotides from published sequences, or by extracting and amplifying DNA from tissues believed to be infected with the respective heφes virus. Determining hybridization conditions is a matter of routine adjustment for a practitioner of ordinary skill, and does not require undue experimentation. Since eHV2, sHV1 , mHV68, bHV4 and EBV are more closely identical to the RFHV/KSHV subfamily than alpha and beta heφes vimses, conditions that exclude gamma heφes vimses outside the RFHV/KSHV subfamily will generally also exclude the other heφes vimses listed in Table 1. In addition, if it is believed that certain vimses will not be present in the sample to be tested in the ultimate determination (such as eHV2, mHV68 or bHV4 in a human tissue sample), then the coπesponding target sequences may optionally be omitted when working out the conditions of the assay. Thus, conditions can be determined that would permit Type 2 oligonucleotide probes such as those listed in Table 6 to form a stable duplex both with polypeptides comprising SEQ. ID NO:1 or SEQ. ID NO:3, but not a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO:5-13. Conditions can also be determined that would permit a suitable fragment comprising at least 21 or more consecutive bases of SEQ. ID NO:1 or SEQ. ID NO:3 to form a stable duplex both with a polynucleotide comprising SEQ. ID NO:1 and SEQ. ID NO:3, but not a polynucleotide comprising any one of SEQ. ID NO:5-13. Y3 Alternatively, to conduct an assay that is specific due to amplification with a specific pπmer DNA or RNA is prepared from the biological sample as before Optionally, the target polynucleotide is pre-amphfied in a PCR using pnmers which are not species specific, such as those listed in Table 4 or 6 The target is then amplified using specific pnmers, such as those listed in Table 7, or a combination of pπmers from Table 4, 6, and 7 In a prefeπed embodiment, two rounds of amplification are performed, using oligonucleotide pnmers in a nested fashion virus-specific or non-specific in the first round, virus-specific in the second round This provides an assay which is both sensitive and specific Use of a specific Type 3 pnmer dunng amplification is sufficient to provide the required specificity A positive test may be indicated by the presence of sufficient reaction product at the end of the amplification senes Amplified polynucleotide can be detected, for example, by blotting the reaction mixture onto a medium such as nitrocellulose and staining with ethidium bromide Altematively, a radiolabeled substrate may be added to the mixture dunng a final amplification cycle, the incoφorated label may be separated from unincoφorated label (e g , by blotting or by size separation), and the label may be detected (e g by counting or by autoradiography) If mn on a gel of agarose or polyacrylamide, the size of the product may help confirm the identity of the amplified fragment Specific amplification can also be followed by specific hybndization, by using the amplification mixture obtained from the foregoing procedure as a target source for the hybndization reaction outlined earlier Use of polynucleotides for gene therapy Embodied in this invention are pharmaceuticals compnsmg virus-specific polynucleotides, polypeptides, or antibodies as an active ingredient Such compositions may decrease the pathology of the vims or infected cells on their own, or render the virus or infected cells more susceptible to treatment by non-specific pharmaceutical compounds Polynucleotides of this invention encoding part of a heφes virus Glycoprotein B may be used, for example, for administration to an infected individual for puφoses of gene therapy (see generally U S Patent No 5,399,346 Anderson et al ) The general pnnciple is to administer the polynucleotide in such a way that it ether promotes or attenuates the expression of the polypeptide encoded therein A prefeπed mode of gene therapy is to provide the polynucleotide in such a way that it will be replicated inside the cell, enhancing and prolonging the effect Thus, the polynucleotide is operatively linked to a suitable promoter, such as the natural promoter of the coπesponding gene, a heterologous promoter that is intnnsically active in cells of the target tissue type, or a heterologous promoter that can be induced by a suitable agent Entry of the polynucleotide into the cell is facilitated by suitable techniques known in the art, such as providing the polynucleotide in the form of a suitable vector, such as a viral expression vector, or encapsulation of the polynucleotide in a liposome The polynucleotide may be injected systemically, or provided to the site of infection by an antigen-specific homing mechanism, or by direct injection In one vanation, the polynucleotide compnses a promoter linked to the polynucleotide strand with the same onentation as the strand that is transcπbed duπng the course of a heφes vims infection Preferably, the Glycoprotein B that is encoded includes an extemal component, a transmembrane component, and signal sequences for transport to the surface Virally infected cells transfected with polynucleotides of this kind are expected to express an enhanced level of Glycoprotein B at the surface Enhancing Glycoprotein B expression in this fashion may enhance recognition of these cells by elements of the immune system, including antibody (and antibody-dependent effectors such as ADCC), and virus-specific cytotoxic T cells In another vaπation, the polynucleotide compnses a promoter linked to the polynucleotide strand with the opposite onentation as the strand that is transcribed dunng the course of a heφes vims infection Virally infected cells transfected with polynucleotides of this kind are expected to express a decreased level of Glycoprotein B The transcript is expected to hybndize with the complementary strand transcπbed by the viral gene, and prevent it from being translated This approach is known as anti-sense therapy RFHV/KSHV subfamily polypeptides with Glycoprotein B activity and fragments thereof The RFHV and KSHV polynucleotide sequences shown in Figure 1 have open reading frames The polypeptide encoded thereby are shown in SEQ ID NO 2 and SEQ ID NO 4, respectively Encoded between the hybπdizing regions of the pπmers NIVPA and TVNCB used to obtain the polynucleotide sequence is a 106 am o acid fragment of the Glycoprotein B molecule which is 91% identical between RFHV and KSHV The full protein sequence of KSHV Glycoprotein B is shown in SEQ ID NO 94 A Glycoprotein B fragment of a third member of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, RFHV2, is shown in SEQ ID NO 97 There are a number of homologous residues to Glycoprotein B molecules of other sequenced herpes vimses The longest sequence contained in SEQ ID NO 2 or SEQ ID NO 4 but not in the known sequences of other heφes viruses is 9 ammo acids in length, with two exceptions (SEQ ID NOS 64 and 65) Longer matching portions are found elsewhere in the Glycoprotein B ammo acid sequence The longest is the 21 ammo acid sequence from bHV4 shown in SEQ ID NO 99, the rest are all 16 ammo acids long or less Other than SEQ ID NO 99 exception, any fragment of the RFHV and KSHV Glycoprotein B protein sequence that is 17 ammo acids or longer is believed to be specific for RFHV or KSHV, respectively, or to closely related strains Since bHV4 and the other viruses with matching segments are not believed to be capable of infecting pπmates, any fragment of about 10 am o acids or more found in a pnmate that was contained in SEQ ID NO 4 would indicate the presence of an infectious agent closely related to KSHV This invention embodies both intact Glycoprotein B from heφes vimses of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, and any fragment thereof that is specific for the subfamily Prefeπed Glycoprotein B fragments of this invention are at least 10 am o acids in length, more preferably they are at least 13 ammo acids in length, more preferably they are at least 17 ammo acids in length, more preferably they are at least about 20 am o acids in length, even more preferably they are at least about 25 ammo acids in length, still more preferably they are at least about 30 ammo acids in length The ammo acid sequence of the RFHV and KSHV Glycoprotein B fragment shown in SEQ ID NOS.2, 4, 94 and 96 can be used to identify virus-specific and cross-reactive antigenic regions S In principle, a specific antibody could recognize any amino acid difference between sequences that is not also shared by the species from which the antibody is derived. Antibody binding sites are generally big enough to encompass 5-9 amino acid residues of an antigen, and are quite capable of recognizing a single amino acid difference. Specific antibodies may be part of a polyclonal response arising spontaneously in animals infected with a vims expressing the Glycoprotein B. Specific antibodies may also be induced by injecting an experimental animal with either the intact Glycoprotein B or a Glycoprotein B fragment. Thus, any peptide of 5 amino acids or more that is unique to KSHV is a potential vims-specific antigen, and could be recognized by a KSHV-specific antibody. Similariy, any peptide of sufficient length shared within the RFHV/KSHV subfamily but not with other heφes vimses is a potential subfamily-specific antigen. Some examples of prefeπed peptides are shown in Table 8. Practitioners in the art will immediately recognize that other peptides with similar specificities may be designed by minor alterations to the length of the peptides listed and/or moving the frame of the peptide a few residues in either direction. The Class I peptides shown in Table 8 are conserved between Glycoprotein B of KSHV and that of certain other members of the gamma heφes vims subfamily. An antibody directed against one such Glycoprotein B in this region may therefore cross-react with some of the others. Class II peptides are conserved between Glycoprotein B of RFHV and KSHV, but not with other gamma heφes vimses. An antibody directed against this region is expected to cross-react between RFHV, KSHV, and other vimses of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily; but not with heφes vimses outside the subfamily. Class III peptides are different between Glycoprotein B of RFHV, KSHV, and other known gamma heφes vimses. An antibody binding to this region, particulariy to non-identical residues contained therein, is expected to distinguish RFHV and KSHV Glycoprotein B from each other, and from Glycoprotein B of more distantly related heφes vimses. TABLE 8: Antigen Peptides Specificity Sequence Length SEQ. ID NO: Class 1: Shared with bHV4 YRKIATSVTVYRG 13 64 bHV4, mHV68 RYFSQP 6 66 Shared amongst RFHV/KSHV bHV4 IYAEPGWFPGIYRVR 15 65 subfamily and some other lYAEPGWFPGIYRVRTTVNCE 21 gamma herpes viruses 99 mHV68 VLEELSRAWCREQVRD 16 100 Class il: VTVYRG 6 67 AITNKYE 7 68 Shared amongst RFHV/KSHV SHMDSTY 7 69 subfamily VENTFTD 7 70 TVFLQPV 7 71 TDNIQRY 7 72 Class iii: Specific for RFHV RGMTEEAA 7 73 Virus specific 1 KSHV RGLTESA 7 75 RFHV PVLYSEP 7 74 KSHV PVIYAEP 7 76 ' - Not s hared with any other sequenced herpes virus; may be present n some unsequenced RFHV KSHV subfamily viruses Particularly prefeπed peptides from Class III are those encompassing regions of Glycoprotein B with the polarity characteristics appropriate for an antigen epitope, as described in the Example section. Given the complete sequence of a Glycoprotein B from KSHV and other members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, vims- or subfamily-specific peptides can be predicted for other regions of the molecule by a similar analysis. Preparation of polypeptides Polypeptides of this invention may be prepared by several different methods, all of which will be known to a practitioner of ordinary skill. For example, short polypeptides of about 5-50 amino acids in length are conveniently prepared from sequence data by chemical synthesis. A prefeπed method is the solid-phase Menifield technique. Altematively, a messenger RNA encoding the desired polypeptide may be isolated or synthesized HI according to one of the methods descnbed earlier, and translated using an in vitro translation system, such as the rabbit reticulocyte system See, e g , Dorsky et al Longer polypeptides, up to and including the entire Glycoprotein B, are conveniently prepared using a suitable expression system For example, the encoding strand of a full-length cDNA can be operatively linked to a suitable promoter, inserted into an expression vector, and transfected into a suitable host cell The host cell is then cultured under conditions that allow transcπption and translation to occur, and the polypeptide is subsequently recovered For examples of the expression and recovery of Glycoprotein B from other species of heφes vims, see, for example, U S Patent Nos 4,642,333 (Person), 5,244,792 (Burke et al ), Manservigi et al For many puφoses, it is particularly convenient to use a recombmant Glycoprotein B polynucleotide that includes the regions encoding signals for transport to the cell surface, but lacks the region encoding the transmembrane domain of the protein The polynucleotide may be tmncated 5' to the transmembrane encoding region, or it may compnse both extracellular and cytoplasmic encoding region but lack the transmembrane region Constmcts of this nature are expected to be secreted from the cell in a soluble form Where it is desirable to have a Glycoprotein B fragment that is a monomer, the recombinant may be designed to limit translation to about the first 475 ammo acids of the protein For example, to express any of these forms of Glycoprotein B in yeast, a cassette may be prepared using the glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate-dehydrogenase (GAPDH) promoter region and terminator region GAPDH gene fragments are identified in a yeast library, isolated and ligated in the appropnate configuration The cassette is cloned into pBR322, isolated and confirmed by DNA sequencing A pCI/l plasmid is constmcted containing a Glycoprotein B insert and GAPDH promoter and teπninator regions The plasmid is used to transform yeast strain S cerevisiae After culture, the yeast cells are pelleted by centnfugation, resuspended in a buffer containing protease inhibitors such as 1 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoπde and 0 1 μg/ml pepstatin The washed cells are dismpted by vortexing with glass beads and recentnfuged The presence in the supernatant of a Glycoprotein B of the coπect size may be confirmed, for example, by Western blot using an antibody against Glycoprotein B, prepared as described in a following section Glycoprotein B may be puπfied from the supernatant by a combination of standard protein chemistry techniques, including ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography using antibody or substrate, and high-pressure liquid chromatography To express Glycoprotein B in mammahan cells, for example, a mammalian expression vector such as pSV1/dhfr may be used This has an ampicillin-resistance beta-lactamase gene, and a selectable mammalian cell marker, dihydrofolate reductase linked to the SV40 early promoter Glycoprotein B polynucleotide blunt-end fragments are ligated into the pSV1/dhfr vector and digested with endonucleases to provide a cassette including the SV40 promoter, the Glycoprotein encoding region, and the SV40 splice and polyadenylation sites The plasmids are used, for example, to transform CHO cells deficient in dhfr, and transfectants are selected Cells expressing Glycoprotein B may be identified, for example, by immunofluorescence using anti-Glycoprotein B as the pπmary antibody I S In another example, recombinant plasmids for expressing Glycoprotein B are cloned under control of the Rous sarcoma vims long terminal repeat in the episomal replicating vector pRP-RSV This plasmid contains the ongm of replication and early region of the human papovavirus BK, as well as the dhfr resistance marker The vector is can then be used, for example, to transform human 293 cells By using a Glycoprotein B encoding region devoid of the transmembrane spanning domain, the Glycoprotein B polypeptide is constitutively secreted into the culture medium at 0 15-0 25 pg/cell/day In the presence of 06-6 μM methotrexate, production may be increased 10- to 100-fold, because of an amplification of the episomal recombinant Glycoprotein B prepared in this way are appropnate, inter a a, for use in diagnosis, and to prepare vaccines protective against new and recuπent heφes vims infections (Manservigi et al) Use of polypeptides to assess herpes virus infection The polypeptides embodied in this invention may be used to detect or assess the status of a heφes vims infection in an individual in several different applications In one application, a polypeptide encoding a portion of a heφes vims Glycoprotein B is supplied as a reagent for an assay to detect the presence of antibodies that can specifically recognize it Such antibodies may be present, for example, in the circulation of an individual with cuπent or past herpes vims exposure The presence of antibodies to Glycoprotein B in the circulation may provide a sensitive and early indication of viral infection Since Glycoprotein B is a functional component of the viral envelope, it is produced in greater quantity than other transcπpts sequestered within the viral particle Its distnbution is wider than transcnpts that appear only transiently in the life cycle of the vims Furthermore, it may be expressed not only by intact vims, but also by non-infective products of virally infective cells, such as L- particles Glycoprotein B from vanous species of heφes vims are known to be strongly immunogenic Thus, detection of antibody to Glycoprotein B in an individual may be an indication of ongoing active heφes vims infection, latent infection, previous exposure, or treatment with a Glycoprotein B vaccine Suitable clinical samples in which to measure antibody levels include semm or plasma from an individual suspected of having a gamma heφes vims infection The presence of the antibody is determined, for example, by an immunoassay A number of immunoassay methods are established in the art for performing the quantitation of antibody using viral peptides (see, e g , U S Patent No 5,350,671 Houghton et al ) For example, the test sample potentially containing the specific antibody may be mixed with a pre-determined non-limiting amount of the reagent polypeptide The reagent may contain a directly attached label, such as an enzyme or a radioisotope For a liquid-phase assay, unreacted reagents are removed by a separation technique, such as filtration or chromatography Alternatively, the antibody in the sample may be first captured by a reagent on a solid phase This may be, for example, the specific polypeptide, an anti-immunoglobuiin, or Protein A The captured antibody is then detected with a second reagent, such as the specific polypeptide, anti-immunoglobulm, or protein A with an attached label At least one of the capture reagent or the detecting reagent must be the specific polypeptide In HI a third vaπation, cells or tissue sections containing the polypeptide may be overlaid first with the test sample containing the antibody, and then with a detecting reagent such as labeled antι-ιmmunoglobulιn In all these examples, the amount of label captured in the complex is positively related to the amount of specific antibody present in the test sample Similar assays can be designed in which antibody in the test sample competes with labeled antibody for binding to a limiting amount of the specific peptide The amount of label in the complex is then negatively coπelated with the amount of specific antibody in the test sample Results obtained using any of these assays are compared between test samples, and control samples from an uninfected source By selecting the reagent polypeptide appropnately, antibodies of a desired specificity may be detected For example, if the intact Glycoprotein B is used, or a fragment compnsing regions that are conserved between heφes vims, then antibodies detected in the test samples may be vims specific, cross-reactive, or both A multi-epitope reagent is prefeπed for a general screening assay for antibodies related to heφes vims infection To render the assay specific for antibodies directed either against RFHV or against KSHV, antigen peptides compnsmg non-conserved regions of the appropnate Glycoprotein B molecule are selected, such as those listed in Class III of Table 8 Preferably, a mixture of such peptides is used To simultaneously detect antibodies against RFHV, KSHV, and closely related vimses of the gamma heφes family, but not sHV1 and EBV, antigen peptides are selected with the properties of those listed in Class II of Table 8 Preferably, a mixture of such peptides is used Antibodies stimulated dunng a herpes vims infection may subside once the infection resolves, or they may persist as part of the immunological memory of the host In the latter instance, antibodies due to cuπent infection may be distinguished from antibodies due to immunological memory by determining the class of the antibody For example, an assay may be conducted in which antibody in the test sample is captured with the specific polypeptide, and then developed with labeled anti-IgM or anti-lgG The presence of specific antibody in the test sample of the IgM class indicates ongoing infection, while the presence of IgG antibodies alone indicates that the activity is due to immunological memory of a previous infection or vaccination Use of polypeptides to design or screen anti-viral drugs Interfenng with the Glycoprotein B gene or gene product would modify the infection process, or the progress of this disease It is an objective of this invention to provide a method by which useful pharmaceutical compositions and methods of employing such compounds in the treatment of gamma heφes vims infection can be developed and tested Particularly prefeπed are pharmaceutical compounds useful in treating infections by RFHV, KSHV and other members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily Suitable dmgs are those that interfere with transcπption or translation of the Glycoprotein B gene, and those that interfere with the biological function of the polypeptide encoded by the gene It is not necessary that the mechanism of interference be known, only that the interference be preferential for reactions associated with the infectious process Preferred dmgs include those that competitively interfere with the binding of the Glycoprotein B to its substrate on target cells, such as heparan sulfate and its analogs Also prefeπed are dmgs that S competitively interfere with any interaction of Glycoprotein B to other viral envelope components that may be necessary for the vims to exert one of its biologic functions, such as penetration of target cells. Also prefeπed are molecules capable of cross-linking or otherwise immobilizing the Glycoprotein B, thereby preventing it from binding its substrate or performing any biological function that plays a role in viral infectivity. This invention provides methods for screening pharmaceutical candidates to determine which are suitable for clinical use. The methods may be brought to bear on antiviral compounds that are currently known, and those which may be designed in the future. The method involves combining an active Glycoprotein B with the pharmaceutical candidate, and determining whether the biochemical function is altered by the pharmaceutical candidate. The Glycoprotein B may be any fragment encoded by the Glycoprotein B gene of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily that has Glycoprotein B activity. Suitable fragments may be obtained by expressing a genetically engineered polypeptide encoding an active site of the molecule, or by cleaving the Glycoprotein B with proteases and purifying the active fragments. In a prefeπed embodiment, the entire Glycoprotein B is provided. The reaction mixture will also comprise other components necessary to measure the biological activity of the protein. For example, in an assay to measure substrate binding, heparan sulfate or an analog thereof may be provided, perhaps linked to a solid support to facilitate measurement of the binding reaction. One embodiment of the screening method is to measure binding of the pharmaceutical candidate directly to the isolated Glycoprotein B, or a fragment thereof. Compounds that bind to an active site of the molecule are expected to interfere with Glycoprotein B activity. Thus, the entire Glycoprotein B, or a fragment comprising the active site, is mixed with the pharmaceutical candidate. Binding of the candidate can be measured directly, for example, by providing the candidate in a radiolabeled or stable-isotope labeled form. The presence of label bound to the Glycoprotein B can be determined, for example, by precipitating the Glycoprotein B with a suitable antibody, or by providing the molecule attached to a solid phase, and washing the solid phase after the reaction. Binding of the candidate to the Glycoprotein B may also be observed as a conformational change, detected for example by difference spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance, or circular dichroism. Altematively, binding may be determined in a competitive assay: for example, Glycoprotein B is mixed with the candidate, and then labeled nucleotide or a fragment of a regulatory subunit is added later. Binding of the candidate to the biochemically relevant site should inhibit subsequent binding of the labeled compound. A second embodiment of the screening method is to measure the ability of the pharmaceutical candidate to inhibit the binding of Glycoprotein B to a substrate or substrate analog. A prefeπed analog is heparin, coupled a solid support such as Sepharose™ beads. Inhibition may be measured, for example, by providing a radiolabel to the Glycoprotein B, incubating it with the phaπnaceutical candidate, adding the affinity resin, then washing and counting the resin to determine if the candidate has decreased the amount of radioactivity bound. Pharmaceutical candidates may also be tested for their ability to competitively interfere with interactions between Glycoprotein B and other heφes vims proteins. 5/ A third embodiment of the screening method is to measure the ability of the pharmaceutical candidate to inhibit an activity of an active particle, such as a viral particle, mediated by Glycoprotein B. A particle is engineered to express Glycoprotein B, but not other components that are capable of mediating the same function. The ability of the particle to exhibit a biological function, such as substrate binding or membrane fusion, is then measured in the presence and absence of the pharmaceutical candidate by providing an appropriate target. This invention also provides for the development of phaπnaceuticals for the treatment of heφes infection by rational dmg design. See, generally, Hodgson, and Erickson et al. In this embodiment, the three-dimensional stmcture of the Glycoprotein B is determined, either by predictive modeling based on the amino acid sequence, or preferably, by experimental determination. Experimental methods include antibody mapping, mutational analysis, and the formation of anti-idiotypes. Especially prefeπed is X-ray crystallography. Knowing the three-dimensional stmcture of the glycoprotein, especially the orientation of important amino acid groups near the substrate binding site, a compound is designed de novo, or an existing compound is suitably modified. The designed compound will have an appropriate charge balance, hydrophobicity, and/or shape to permit it to attach near an active site of the Glycoprotein B, and sterically interfere with the normal biochemical function of that site. Preferably, compounds designed by this method are subsequently tested in a dmg screening assay, such as those outlined above. Antibodies against Glycoprotein B and their preparation The amino acid sequence of the Glycoprotein B molecules embodied herein are foreign to the hosts they infect. Glycoprotein B from other species of heφes vims are known to be strongly immunogenic in mammals. Anti-Glycoprotein B is formed in humans, for example, as a usual consequence of infection with hCMV. By analogy, it is expected that Glycoprotein B of RFHV, KSHV, and other members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily will be immunogenic in mammals, including humans. These expectations are supported by the observations described in the Example section below. Antibodies against a polypeptide are generally prepared by any method known in the art. To stimulate antibody production in an animal experimentally, it is often preferable to enhance the immunogenicity of a polypeptide by such techniques as polymerization with glutaraldehyde, or combining with an adjuvant, such as Freund's adjuvant. The immunogen is injected into a suitable experimental animal: preferably a rodent for the preparation of monoclonal antibodies; preferably a larger animal such as a rabbit or sheep for preparation of polyclonal antibodies. It is preferable to provide a second or booster injection after about 4 weeks, and begin harvesting the antibody source no less than about 1 week later. Sera harvested from the immunized animals provide a source of polyclonal antibodies. Detailed procedures for purifying specific antibody activity from a source material are known within the art. If desired, the specific antibody activity can be further purified by such techniques as protein A chromatography, ammonium sulfate precipitation, ion exchange chromatography, high-performance 5 liquid chromatography and immunoafflnity chromatography on a column of the immunizing polypeptide coupled to a solid support. Polyclonal antibodies raised by immunizing with an intact Glycoprotein B or a fragment comprising conserved sequences may be cross-reactive between heφes vimses. Antibodies that are vims or subfamily specific may be raised by immunizing with a suitably specific antigen, such as those listed above in Table 8. Alternatively, polyclonal antibodies raised against a larger fragment may be rendered specific by removing unwanted activity against other vims Glycoprotein B's, for example, by passing the antibodies over an adsoΦent made from Glycoprotein B and collecting the unbound fraction. Alternatively, immune cells such as splenocytes can be recovered from the immunized animals and used to prepare a monoclonal antibody-producing cell line. See, for example, Haπow & Lane (1988), U.S. Patent Nos. 4,472,500 (Milstein et al.), and U.S. 4,444,887 (Hoffman et al.). Briefly, an antibody-producing line can be produced inter alia by cell fusion, or by transforming antibody-producing cells with Epstein Barr Vims, or transforming with oncogenic DNA. The treated cells are cloned and cultured, and clones are selected that produce antibody of the desired specificity. Specificity testing can be performed on culture supematants by a number of techniques, such as using the immunizing polypeptide as the detecting reagent in a standard immunoassay, or using cells expressing the polypeptide in immunohistochemistry. A supply of monoclonal antibody from the selected clones can be purified from a large volume of tissue culture supematant, or from the ascites fluid of suitably prepared host animals injected with the clone. Effective variations of this method include those in which the immunization with the polypeptide is performed on isolated cells. Antibody fragments and other derivatives can be prepared by methods of standard protein chemistry, such as subjecting the antibody to cleavage with a proteolytic enzyme. Genetically engineered variants of the antibody can be produced by obtaining a polynucleotide encoding the antibody, and applying the general methods of molecular biology to introduce mutations and translate the variant. Monoclonal antibodies raised by injecting an intact Glycoprotein B or a fragment comprising conserved sequences may be cross-reactive between heφes vimses. Antibodies that are vims or subfamily specific may be raised by immunizing with a suitably specific antigen, as may be selected from Table 8. Altematively, vims-specific clones may be selected from the cloned hybridomas by using a suitable antigen, such as one selected from Class III of Table 8, in the screening process. Specific antibodies against heφes vims Glycoprotein B have a number of uses in developmental, diagnostic and therapeutic work. For example, antibodies can be used in dmg screening (see U.S. Patent No. 5,120,639). They may also be used as a component of a passive vaccine, or for detecting herpes vims in a biological sample and for dmg targeting, as described in the following sections. Anti-idiotypes relating to Glycoprotein B may also be prepared. This is accomplished by first preparing a Glycoprotein B antibody, usually a monoclonal antibody, according to the aforementioned methodology. The antibody is then used as an immunogen in a volunteer or experimental animal to S3 raise an anti-idiotype The anti-idiotype may be either monoclonal or polyclonal, and its development is generally according to the methodology used for the first antibody Selection of the anti-idiotype or hybndoma clones expressing anti-idiotype is done using the immunogen antibody as a positive selector, and using antibodies of unrelated specificity as negative selectors Usually, the negative selector antibodies will be a polyclonal immunoglobulin preparation or a pool compnsing monoclonal immunoglobulins of the same immunoglobulin class and subclass, and the same species as the immunogen antibody An anti-idiotype may be used as an alternative component of an active vaccine against Glycoprotein B Use of antibodies for detecting Glycoprotein B in biological samples Antibodies specific for Glycoprotein B can be used to detect Glycoprotein B polypeptides and fragments of viral ongm that may be present, for example, in solid tissue samples and cultured cells immunohistological techniques to carry out such determinations will be obvious to a practitioner of ordinary skill Generally, the tissue is preserved by a combination of techniques which may include freezing, exchanging into different solvents, fixing with agents such as paraformaldehyde, drying with agents such as alcohol, or embedding in a commercially available medium such as paraffin or OCT A section of the sample is suitably prepared and overlaid with a pπmary antibody specific for the protein The pπmary antibody may be provided directly with a suitable label More frequently, the pπmary antibody is detected using one of a number of developing reagents which are easily produced or available commercially Typically, these developing reagents are anti-immunoglobulin or protein A, and they typically bear labels which include, but are not limited to fluorescent markers such as fluorescein, enzymes such as peroxidase that are capable of precipitating a suitable chemical compound, electron dense markers such as colloidal gold, or radioisotopes such as 125 l The section is then visualized using an appropnate microscopic technique, and the level of labeling is compared between the suspected virally infected and a control cell, such as cells surrounding the area of infection or taken from a remote site Proteins encoded by a Glycoprotein B gene can also be detected in a standard quantitative immunoassay If the protein is secreted or shed from infected cell in any appreciable amount, it may be detectable in plasma or semm samples Alternatively, the target protein may be solubilized or extracted from a solid tissue sample Before quantitating, the protein may optionally be affixed to a solid phase, such as by a blot technique or using a capture antibody A number of immunoassay methods are established in the art for performing the quantitation For example, the protein may be mixed with a pre-determined non-limiting amount of the reagent antibody specific for the protein The reagent antibody may contain a directly attached label, such as an enzyme or a radioisotope, or a second labeled reagent may be added, such as anti-immunoglobulin or protein A For a solid-phase assay, unreacted reagents are removed by washing For a liquid-phase assay, unreacted reagents are removed by some other separation technique, such as filtration or chromatography The amount of label captured in the complex is positively related to the amount of target protein present in the test sample A vaπation of this technique is a competitive assay, in which 5V the target protein competes with a labeled analog for binding sites on the specific antibody. In this case, the amount of label captured is negatively related to the amount of target protein present in a test sample. Results obtained using any such assay are compared between test samples, and control samples from an uninfected source. Use of antibodies for drug targeting An example of how antibodies can be used in therapy of herpes vims infection is in the specific targeting of effector components. Virally infected cells generally display peptides of the vims, especially proteins expressed on the outside of the viral envelope. The peptide therefore provides a marker for infected cells that a specific antibody can bind to. An effector component attached to the antibody therefore becomes concentrated near the infected cells, improving the effect on those cells and decreasing the effect on uninfected cells. Furthermore, if the antibody is able to induce endocytosis, this will enhance entry of the effector into the cell interior. For the purpose of targeting, an antibody specific for the viral polypeptide (in this case, a region of a Glycoprotein B) is conjugated with a suitable effector component, preferably by a covalent or high-affinity bond. Suitable effector components in such compositions include radionuclides such as 131 1, toxic chemicals, and toxic peptides such as diphtheria toxin. Another suitable effector component is an antisense polynucleotide, optionally encapsulated in a liposome. Diagnostic kits Diagnostic procedures using the polynucleotides, oligonucleotides, peptides, or antibodies of this invention may be performed by diagnostic laboratories, experimental laboratories, practitioners, or private individuals. This invention provides diagnostic kits which can be used in these settings. The presence of a heφes vims in the individual may be manifest in a clinical sample obtained from that individual as an alteration in the DNA, RNA, protein, or antibodies contained in the sample. An alteration in one of these components resulting from the presence of a heφes virus may take the form of an increase or decrease of the level of the component, or an alteration in the form of the component, compared with that in a sample from a healthy individual. The clinical sample is optionally pre-treated for enrichment of the target being tested for. The user then applies a reagent contained in the kit in order to detect the changed level or alteration in the diagnostic component. Each kit necessarily comprises the reagent which renders the procedure specific: a reagent polynucleotide, used for detecting target DNA or RNA; a reagent antibody, used for detecting target protein; or a reagent polypeptide, used for detecting target antibody that may be present in a sample to be analyzed. The reagent is supplied in a solid form or liquid buffer that is suitable for inventory storage, and later for exchange or addition into the reaction medium when the test is performed. Suitable packaging is provided. The kit may optionally provide additional components that are useful in the procedure. These optional components include buffers, capture reagents, developing reagents, -fό " labels, reacting surfaces, means for detection, control samples, mstmctions, and interpretive infoπnation Other members ofthe RFHV/KSHV subfamily RFHV and KSHV are exemplary members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily This invention embodies polynucleotide sequences encoding Glycoprotein B of other members of the subfamily, as defined herein The consensus-degenerate gamma heφes vims oligonucleotide Type 1 and 2 pnmers, and the methods descnbed herein are designed to be suitable for characterization of the coπesponding polynucleotide fragment of other members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily One such member is another vims infecting monkeys, designated RFHV2 A segment of the Glycoprotein encoding sequence for this vims was cloned from RF tissue obtained from a Macaca mulatta monkey, as descnbed in Example 12 In order to identify and charactenze other members of the family, reagents and methods of this invention are applied to DNA extracted from tissue samples suspected of being infected with such a Suitable sources of DNA for this puφose include biological samples obtained from a wide range of conditions occumng in humans and other vertebrates Prefeπed are conditions in which the agent is suspected of being lymphotrophic, similar to other members of the gamma heφes vims subfamily, for example, infectious mononucleosis of non-EBV ongin More prefeπed are conditions which resemble in at least one of their clinical or histological features the conditions with which RFHV or KSHV are associated These include a) conditions in which fibroproliferation is part of the pathology of the disease, especially in association with collagen deposition, and especially where the fibrous tissue is disorganized, b) conditions involving vascular dysplasia, c) conditions involving malignant transformation, especially but not limited to cells of lymphocyte lineage, d) conditions for which an underlying immunodeficiency contπbutes to the frequency or seventy of the disease, e) conditions which aπse idiopathically at multiple sites in an organ or in the body as a whole, f) conditions which epidemiological data suggests are associated with an infectious or environmental agent Conditions which fulfill more than one of these criteria are comparably more prefeπed Some examples of especially prefeπed conditions include retroperitoneal fibrosis, nodular fibromatosis, pseudosarcomatous fibromatosis, fibrosarcomas, sclerosing mesententis, acute respiratory disease syndrome, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, diffuse proliferative glomerulonephntis of vanous types, gliomas, glioblastomas, gliosis, and all types of leukemias and lymphomas The type of tissue sample used will depend on the clinical manifestations of the condition Samples more likely to contain a vims associated with the condition may be taken from the site involved in the disease pathology, or to which there is some other evidence of viral tropism Peripheral blood mononuclear cells of an infected individual may also act as a ca ier of an RFHV/KSHV subfamily vims KSHV has been detected in PBMC of both Kaposi's Sarcoma (Moore et al 1995b) and Castleman's disease (Dupin et al ) Other suitable sources are cell cultures developed from such sources, and ennched or isolated preparations of virus obtained from such sources For negative control samples, Sk tissue may be obtained from apparently unaffected sites on the same individuals, or from matched individuals who apparently do not suffer from the condition. The process of identification of members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily preferably involves the use of the methods and reagents provided in this invention, either singularly or in combination. One method involves amplifying a polynucleotide encoding a heφes vims Glycoprotein B from DNA extracted from the sample. This can be performed, for example, by amplifying the polynucleotide in a reaction such as a PCR. In one variation, the amplification reaction is primed using broadly specific consensus-degenerate Type 1 oligonucleotides, such as those shown in Table 4. This will amplify heφes vimses, primarily of the gamma type. Since the RFHV/KSHV subfamily is a subset of gamma heφes vimses, Glycoprotein B sequences detected by this variation need to be characterized further to determine whether they fall into the RFHV/KSHV subfamily. In a second variation, the amplification is primed with RFHV or KSHV specific Type 3 oligonucleotides, such as those listed in Table 7, or other Glycoprotein B polynucleotide segments taken from these vimses. The amplification is conducted under conditions of medium to low stringency, so that the oligonucleotides will cross-hybridize with related species of viruses. In a more prefeπed variation, the amplification reaction is primed using RFHV/KSHV subfamily specific Type 2 oligonucleotides, such as those listed in Table 6. Under appropriate hybridization conditions, these primers will preferentially amplify Glycoprotein B from heφes vimses in the subfamily. Prefeπed members of the subfamily detected using a Glycoprotein B polynucleotide probe are those that are at least 65% identical with the RFHV or KSHV Glycoprotein B nucleotide sequence between residues 36 and 354 of SEQ. ID NO:1 or SEQ. ID NO:3. More prefeπed are those that are at least about 67% identical; more preferred are those at least about 70% identical; more prefeπed are those that are at least about 80% identical; even more prefeπed are those about 90% identical or more. Members of the subfamily can also be identified by performing a hybridization assay on the polynucleotide of the sample, using a suitable probe. The polynucleotide to be tested may optionally be amplified before conducting the hybridization assay, such as by using Type 1 or Type 2 oligonucleotides as primers. The target is then tested in a hybridization reaction with a suitable labeled probe. The probe preferably comprises at least 21 nucleotides, preferably at least about 25 nucleotides, more preferably at least about 50 nucleotides contained the RFHV or KSHV Glycoprotein B sequence in SEQ. ID NOS:1 and 3. Even more preferably, the probe comprises nucleotides 36-354 of SEQ. ID NOS:1 or 3. Other prefeπed probes include Type 2 oligonucleotides, such as those shown in Table 6. Hybridization conditions are selected to permit the probe to hybridize with Glycoprotein B polynucleotide sequences from the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, but not previously sequenced heφes vimses; particularly sHV1, bHV4, eHV2, mHV68, hEBV, hCMV, hHV6, hVZV, and HSV1. Formation of a stable duplex with the test polynucleotide under these conditions suggests the presence of a polynucleotide in the sample derived from a member of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily. Members of the subfamily can also be identified by using a Class II antibody, the preparation of which was outlined earlier. A Class II antibody cross-reacts between antigens produced by members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, but not with other antigens, including those produced by heφes vimses not SV members of the subfamily The test for new subfamily memers is performed, for example, by using the antibodies in an immunohistochemistry study of tissue sections prepared from individuals with the conditions listed above Positive staining of a tissue section with the antibody suggests the presence of Glycoprotein B in the sample from a member of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, probably because the tissue is infected with the vims If, in addition, the tissue section is non-reactive with RFHV and KSHV specific Class III antibodies, the Glycoprotein B in the tissue may be denved from another member of the subfamily Similarly, if Class II antibodies are found in the circulation of an individual, the individual may have been subject to a present or past infection with a member of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily Once a putative new vims is identified by any of the aforementioned methods, its membership in the RFHV/KSHV subfamily may be confimied by obtaining and sequencing a region of the Glycoprotein B gene of the vims, and compaπng it with that of RFHV or KSHV according to the subfamily definition For new members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, other embodiments of this invention may be brought into play for purposes of detection, diagnosis, and pharmaceutical development Adaptation of the embodiments of the invention for a new subfamily member, if required, is expected to be minor in nature, and will be obvious based on the new sequence data, or a matter of routine adjustment Altered forms of Glycoprotein B from the RFHV/KSHV subfamily This invention also embodies altered forms of Glycoprotein B of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily A number of studies on both naturally occumng and induced mutations of the Glycoprotein B of HSV1 and hCMV point to a role of certain regions of the molecule for its the vanous biochemical functions See, for example, Reschke et al and Baghian et al for a role of carboxy-terminal am o acids in fusion, Shiu et al and Pellett et al for epitopes for neutralizing antibodies, Gage et al for regions of the molecule involved in syncytium formation, Navarro et al (1992) for regions involved in vims penetration and cell-to-cell spread, Quadπ et al and Novarro et al (1991) for regions involved in intracellular transport of Glycoprotein B duπng biosynthesis Some of the residues descnbed may be conserved between the Glycoprotein B molecules of the vimses investigated previously, and the Glycoprotein B molecules descnbed herein By analogy, mutation of the same residue in the Glycoprotein B of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily is expected to have a similar effect as descnbed for other vimses Alternatively, functional regions of different Glycoprotein B molecules may be combined to produce Glycoprotein B recombinants with altered function For example, replacing the Glycoprotein B gene in a pathogenic vims with that of a non-pathogenic vims may reduce the pathogenicity of the recombinant (Kostal et al ) Either mutation and recombination of Glycoprotein B of the RFHV/KSHV heφes vims subfamily may lead to attenuated strains, in which either the infectivity, replication activity, or pathogenicity is reduced Alterations in the Glycoprotein B sequence which have these effects are contemplated in this invention Attenuated strains of heφes vimses are useful, for example, in developing polyvalent vaccines It is desirable, especially in developing countπes, to provide prophylactic vaccines capable of stimulating the immune system against several potential pathogens simultaneously Vimses that are engineered to express immunogenic peptides of several different pathogens may accomplish this So puφose. Heφes vimses may be especially suitable vectors, because the large genome may easily accommodate several kilobases of extra DNA encoding the peptides. Ideally, the viral vector is sufficiently intact to exhibit some biological activity and attract the attention of the host's immune system, while at the same time being sufficiently attenuated not to cause significant pathology. Thus, an attenuated vims of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily may be useful as a vaccine against like vimlent forms, and may be modified to express additional peptides and extend the range of immune protection. Another use for attenuated forms of heφes vimses is as delivery vehicles for gene therapy (Latchman et al., Glorioso et al.). In order to be effective, polynucleotides in gene therapy must be delivered to the target tissue site. In the treatment of fibrotic diseases, malignancies and related conditions, attenuated viral vectors of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily may be preferable over other targeting mechanisms, including other heφes vimses, since they have the means by which to target towards the affected tissues. In this embodiment, the vims is first attenuated, and then modified to contain the polynucleotide that is desired for gene therapy, such as those that are outlined in a previous section. Glycoprotein B in RFHV/KSHV subfamily vaccines Because of its prominence on the envelope of the infectious vims and infected cells, glycoprotein B is predicted to be a useful target for immune effectors. Heφes vims Glycoprotein B is generally immunogenic, giving rise to antibodies capable of neutralizing the vims and preventing it from entering a replicative phase. In addition, Glycoprotein B is capable of eliciting a T-celi response, which may help eradicate an ongoing viral infection by attacking sites of viral replication in host cells. This invention embodies vaccine compositions and methods for using them in the prevention and management of infection by vimses from the RFHV/KSHV subfamily. One series of embodiments relate to active vaccines. These compositions are designed to stimulate an immune response in the individual being treated against Glycoprotein B. They generally comprise either the Glycoprotein B molecule, an immunogenic fragment or variant thereof, or a cell or particle capable of expressing the Glycoprotein B molecule. Altematively, they may comprise a polynucleotide encoding an immunogenic Glycoprotein B fragment (Horn et al.), preferably in the form of an expression vector. Polynucleotide vaccines may optionally comprise a delivery vehicle like a liposome or viral vector particle, or may be administered as naked DNA. Vaccine compositions of this invention are designed in such a way that the immunogenic fragment is presented to stimulate the proliferation and/or biological function of the appropriate immune cell type. Compositions directed at eliciting an antibody response comprise or encode B cell epitopes, and may also comprise or encode other elements that enhance uptake and display by antigen-presentation cells, or that recruit T cell help. Compositions directed at eliciting helper T cells, especially CD4 + cells, generally comprise T cell epitopes that can be presented in the context of class II histocompatibility molecules. Compositions directed at stimulating cytotoxic T cells and their precursors, especially CD8* cells, generally comprise T cell epitopes that can be presented in the context of class I histocompatibility molecules. 5°ι In the protection of an individual against a future exposure with heφes vims, an antibody response may be sufficient Prophylactic compositions preferably compnse components that elicit a B cell response Successful eradication of an ongoing herpes vims infection may involve the participation of cytotoxic T cells, T helper-inducer cells, or both Infections for treating ongoing infection preferably compnse components capable of eliciting both T helper cells and cytotoxic T cells Compositions that preferentially stimulate Type 1 helper (T H1 ) cells over Type 2 helper (T H2 ) cells are even more prefeπed The preparation and testing of suitable compositions for active vaccines is outlined in the sections that follow Another senes of embodiments relates to passive vaccines and other matenals for adoptive transfer These compositions generally compnse specific immune components against Glycoprotein B that are immediately ready to participate in viral neutralization or eradication Therapeutic methods using these compositions are prefeπed to prevent pathologic consequences of a recent viral exposure They are also prefeπed in immunocompromized individuals incapable of mounting a sufficient immune response to an active vaccine Such individuals include those with congenital immunodeficiencies, acquired immunodeficiencies (such as those infected with HIV or on kidney dialysis), and those on immunosuppressive therapies, for example, with corticosteroids Suitable matenals for adoptive transfer include specific antibody against Glycoprotein B, as descnbed below Also included are the adoptive transfer of immune cells For example, T cells reactive against Glycoprotein B may be taken from a donor individual, optionally cloned or cultured in vitro, and then transfeπed to a histocompatible recipient More preferably, the transfened cells are autologous to the recipient, and stimulated in vitro Thus, T cells are puπfied from the individual to be treated, cultured in the presence of immunogenic components of Glycoprotein B and suitable stimulatory factors to elicit virus-specific cells, and then readministered Certain compositions embodied herein may have properties of both active and passive vaccines For example, Glycoprotein B antibody given by adoptive transfer may confer immediate protection against herpes vims, and may also stimulate an ongoing response, through an anti-idiotype network or by enhancing the immune presentation of viral antigen Vaccines comprising Glycoprotein B polypeptides Specific components of vaccines to stimulate an immune response against Glycoprotein B include the intact Glycoprotein B molecule, and fragments of Glycoprotein B that are immunogenic in the host Intact Glycoprotein B and longer fragments thereof may be prepared by any of the methods described earlier, especially purification from a suitable expression vector compnsing a Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide Isolated Glycoprotein B from other viral strains stimulate a protective immune response (See U S Patent Nos 5,171,568 Burke et al ) Prefeπed fragments compnse regions of the molecule exposed on the outside of the intact viral envelope, located within about 650 ammo acids of the N-termmal of the mature protein * Glycosylation of Glycoprotein B is not required for immunogenicity (O'Donnell et al.). Hence, glycosylated and unglycosylated forms of the molecule are equally prefeπed. Glycosylation may be determined by standard techniques; for example, comparing the mobility of the protein in SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis before and after treating with commercially available endoglycosidase type F or H. Smaller fragments of 5-50 amino acids comprising particular epitopes of Glycoprotein B are also suitable vaccine components. These may be prepared by any of the methods described earlier; most conveniently, by chemical synthesis. Prefeπed fragments are those which are immunogenic and expressed on the outside of the viral envelope. Even more prefeπed are fragments implicated in a biological function of Glycoprotein B, such as binding to cell surface receptors or penetration of the vims into a target cell. Immunogenicity of various epitopes may be predicted by algorithms known in the art. Antigenic regions for B cell receptors may be determined, for example, by identifying regions of variable polarity (Hopp et al., see Example 9). Antigenic regions for T cell receptors may be determined, for example, by identifying regions capable of forming an amphipathic helix in the presentation groove of a histocompatibility molecule. Antigenic regions may also be identified by analogy with Glycoprotein B molecules of other viral species. See, e.g., Sanchez-Pescador et al. and Mester et al., for B cell epitopes of HSV1 ; Liu et al. for HLA-restricted helper T cell epitopes of hCMV; and Hanke et al. for cytotoxic T lymphocyte epitopes of HSV1. Immunogenicity of various epitopes may be measured experimentally by a number of different techniques. Generally, these involve preparing protein fragments of 5-20 amino acids in length comprising potential antigenic regions, and testing them in a specific bioassay. Fragments may be prepared by CNBr and/or proteolytic degradation of a larger segment of Glycoprotein B, and purified, for example, by gel electrophoresis and blotting onto nitrocellulose (Demotz et al ). Fragments may also be prepared by standard peptide synthesis (Schumacher et al., Liu et al.). In a preferred method, consecutive peptides of 12 amino acids overlapping by 8 residues are synthesized according to the entire extracellular domain of the mature Glycoprotein B molecule, using F-Moc chemistry on a nylon membrane support (see Example 11). Reactivity against the prepared fragment can then be determined in samples from individuals exposed to the intact virus or a Glycoprotein B component. The individual may have been experimentally exposed to the Glycoprotein B component by deliberate administration. Alternatively, the individual may have a naturally occurring viral infection, preferably confirmed by a positive amplification reaction using a vims-specific oligonucleotide probe to Glycoprotein B or DNA Polymerase. Blood samples are obtained from the individual, and used to prepare semm, T cells, and peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) by standard techniques. Semm may be tested for the presence of Glycoprotein B specific antibody in an enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay. For example, peptides attached to a solid support such as a nylon membrane are incubated with the semm, washed, incubated with an enzyme-linked anti-immunoglobulin, and developed using an enzyme substrate. The presence of antibody against a particular Glycoprotein B peptide is indicated by a higher level of reaction product in the test well than in a well containing an unrelated peptide (Example 11) Lymphocyte preparations may be tested for the presence of Glycoprotein B specific helper T cells in a proliferation assay Approximately 2 x 10 4 helper T cells are incubated with the peptide at 10 4 -10 "8 M in the presence of irradiated autologous or iπadiated 10 5 PBMC as antigen presenting cells for about 3 days [ 3 H]Thymιdιne is added for about the last 16 h of culture The cells are then harvested and washed Radioactivity in the washed cells at a level of about 10 fold over those cultured in the absence of peptide reflects proliferation of T cells specific for the peptide (Liu et al ) If desired, cells with a CD3 + 4 + 8 ' phenotype may be cloned for further charactenzation of the helper T cell response Lymphocyte preparations may be tested for the presence of Glycoprotein B specific cytotoxic T cells in a 51 Cr release assay Targets are prepared by infecting allogeneic cells with a heφes vims compnsing an expressible Glycoprotein B gene Altematively, allogeneic cells transfected with a Glycoprotein B expression vector may be used The targets are mcubated with 51 Cr for about 90 mm at 37"C and then washed About 5 x 10 4 target cells are mcubated with lO^-IO "5 M of the peptide and 0 1-2 x 10 4 test T cells for about 30 m at 37°C Radioactivity released into the supematant at a level substantially above that due to spontaneous lysis reflects CTL activity If desired, cells with a CD3 + 4 ' 8 + phenotype may be cloned for further charactenzation of the CTL response Glycoprotein B peptides may optionally be combined in a vaccine with other peptides of the same vims Suitable peptides include peptides of any of the other components of the heφes vims, such as Giycoproteins C, D, H, E, I, J, and G Glycoprotein B peptides may also optionally be combined with immunogenic peptides from different vimses to provide a multivalent vaccine against more than one pathogenic organism Peptides may be combined by prepaπng a mixture of the peptides in solution, or by synthesizing a fusion protein in which the vanous peptide components are linked Forms of Glycoprotein B compnsmg suitable epitopes may optionally be treated chemically to enhance their immunogenicity, especially if they compnse 100 ammo acids or less Such treatment may include cross-linking, for example, with glutaraldehyde linking to a protein earner, such as keyhole limpet hemocyanm (KLH) or tetanus toxoid The peptide or peptide mixture may be used neat, but normally will be combined with a physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable excipient, such as water, saline, physiologically buffered saline, or sugar solution In a prefeπed embodiment, an active vaccine also compnses an adjuvant which enhances presentation of the immunogen or otherwise accentuates the immune response against the immunogen Suitable adjuvants include alum, aluminum hydroxide, beta-2 microglobulin (WO 91/16924 Rock et al ), muramyl dipeptides muramyl tnpeptides (U S Patent No 5,171,568 Burke et al ), and monophosphoryl lipid A (U S Patent No 4,436,728 Ribi et al , and WO 92/16231 Francotte et al ) Immunomodulators such as Interleukin 2 may also be present The peptide and other components (if present) are optionally encapsulated in a liposome or microsphere For an outline of the expeπmental testing of vanous adjuvants, see U S Patent No 5,171 ,568 (Burke et al ) A vanety of adjuvants may be efficacious The choice of an adjuvant will depend at least in part on the stability of the vaccine in the presence of the adjuvant, the route of administration, and the regulatory acceptability of the adjuvant, particularly when intended for human use Polypeptide vaccines generally have a broad range of effective latitude The usual route of administration is intramuscular, but preparations may also be developed which are effective given by other routes, including intravenous, intrapeπtoneal, oral, mtranasal, and by inhalation The total amount of Glycoprotein B polypeptide per dose of vaccine when given intramuscularly will generally be about 10 μg to 5 mg, usually about 50 μg to 2 mg, and more usually about 100 to 500 μg The vaccine is preferably administered first as a pπmmg dose, and then again as a boosting dose, usually at least four weeks later Further boosting doses may be given to enhance or rejuvenate the response on a peπodic basis Vaccines comprising viral particles expressing Glycoprotein B Active vaccines may also be prepared as particles that express an immunogenic epitope of Glycoprotein B One such vaccine compnses the L-particle of a recombinant heφes vims (see U S Patent No 5,284,122 Cunningham et al ) The genome of the recombinant vims is defective in a capsid component, or otherwise prevented from forming intact vims, however, it retains the ability to make L-particles The genome is engineered to include a Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide of the present invention operatively linked to the controlling elements of the recombinant vims The vims is then grown, for example, in cultured cells, and the particles are purified by centnfugabon on a suitable gradient, such as FICOLL™ Such preparations are free of infective vims, and capable of expressing peptide components of a number of different desirable epitopes Another such vaccine compnses a live vims that expresses Glycoprotein B of the present invention as a heterologous antigen Such vimses include HIV, SIV, FIV, equine infectious anemia, visna vims, and heφes vimses of other species The vims should be naturally non-pathogenic in the species to be treated, or alternatively, it should be attenuated by genetic modification, for example, to reduce replication or virulence Heφes virus may be attenuated by mutation of a gene involved in replication, such as the DNA Polymerase gene Herpes vims may also be attenuated by deletion of an essential late-stage component, such as Glycoprotein H (WO 92/05263 Inglis et al ) A live vaccine may be capable of a low level of replication in the host, particularly if this enhances protein expression, but not to the extent that it causes any pathological manifestation in the subject being treated A prefeπed viral species for prepanng a live vaccine is adenovims For human therapy, human adenovims types 4 and 7 have been shown to have no adverse affects, and are suitable for use as vectors Accordingly, a Glycoprotein B polynucleotide of the present invention may be engineered, for example, into the E1 or E3 region of the viral genome It is known that adenovirus vectors expressing Glycoprotein B from HSV1 or HSV2 stimulate the production of high titer virus-neutralizing antibody (McDermott et al ) The response protects expeπmental animals against a lethal challenge with the respective live vims <τ Also prefeπed as a vims for a live recombinant vaccine is a recombinant pox vims, especially vaccinia Even more prefeπed are strains of vaccinia vims which have been modified to inactivate a non-essential virulence factor, for example, by deletion or insertion of an open reading frame relating to the factor (U S Patent No 5,364,773 Paoletti et al ) To prepare the vaccine, a Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide of the present invention is genetically engineered into the viral genome and expressed under control of a vaccinia vims promoter Recombinants of this type may be used directly for vaccination at about 10 7 -10 B plaque-forming units per dose Single doses may be sufficient to stimulate an antibody response Vaccinia vims recombinants compnsmg Glycoprotein B of HSV1 are effective in protecting mice against lethal HSV1 infection (Cantin et al ) Another vaccine in this category is a self-assembling replication-defective hybnd virus See, for example, WO 92705263 (Inglis et al ) The particle may contain, for example, capsid and envelope giycoproteins, but not an intact viral genome As embodied in this invention, one of the giycoproteins in the viral envelope is Glycoprotein B in a prefeπed embodiment, the particle is produced by a viral vector of a first species, having a sufficient segment of the genome of that species to replicate, along with encoding regions for a capsid and an envelope from a heterologous species (see U S Patent No 5,420,026 Payne) Genetic elements of the first species are selected such that infection of eukaryotic cells with the vector produces capsid and envelope giycoproteins that self-assemble into replication-defective particles In a vanant of this embodiment, polynucleotides encoding the capsid and envelope giycoproteins are provided in two separate vectors denved from the first viral species The capsid encoding regions may be denved from a lentivirus, such as HIV, SIV, FIV, equine infectious anemia vims, or visna virus The envelope encoding regions compnse a Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotide of the present invention Preferably, all envelope components are encoded by a heφes vims, particularly of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily The defective viral particles are obtained by infecting a susceptible eukaryotic cell line such as BSC-40 with the vector(s) and harvesting the supematant after about 18 hours Viral particles may be further puπfied, if desired, by centrifugation through a sucrose cushion Particles may also be treated with 0 8% formalin at 40°C for 24 hours pπor to administration as a vaccine Vaccines compnsing a live attenuated vims or virus analog may be lyophilized for refrigeration Diluents may optionally include tissue culture medium, sorbitol, gelatin, sodium bicarbonate, albumin, gelatin, saline solution, phosphate buffer, and sterile water Other active components may optionally be added, such as attenuated strains of measles, mumps, and rubella, to produce a polyvalent vaccine The suspension may be lyophilized, for example, by the gas injection technique This is performed by placing vials of vaccine in a lyophi zing chamber precooled to about ~45°C with 10-18 Pa of dry stenle argon, raising the temperature about 5-25*C per h to +30°C, conducting a second lyophihzing cycle with full vacuum, and then sealing the vials under argon in the usual fashion (see EP 0290197B1 Mcaleer et al ) For vaccines compnsing live heφes vims, the final lyophilized preparation will preferably contain 2-8% moisture It is recognized that a number of altemative compositions for active vaccines, not limited to those descnbed here in detail, may be efficacious in eliciting specific B- and T-celi immunity All such k H compositions are embodied in the spirit of the present invention, providing they include a RFHV/KSHV subfamily Glycoprotein B polynucleotide or polypeptide as an active ingredient. Vaccines comprising Glycoprotein B antibodies Antibody against Glycoprotein B of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily may be administered by adoptive transfer to immediately confer a level of humoral immunity in the treated subject. Passively administered anti-glycoprotein B experimentally protects against a lethal challenge with other heφes vimses, even in subjects with compromised T-cell immunity (Eis-Hubinger et al.). The antibody molecule used should be specific for Glycoprotein B against which protection is desired. It should not cross-reactive with other antigens, particularly endogenous antigens of the subject to be treated. The antibody may be specific for the entire RFHV/KSHV subfamily (Class II antibodies), or for a particular vims species (Class III antibodies), depending on the objective of the treatment. Preferably, the antibody will have an overall affinity for a polyvalent antigen of at least about 10 8 M '1 ; more preferably it will be at least about 10 10 M "1 ; more preferably it will be at least about 10 12 M "1 ; even more preferably, it will be 10 13 M *1 or more. Intact antibody molecules, recombinants, fusion proteins, or antibody fragments may be used; however, intact antibody molecules or recombinants able to express natural antibody effector functions are prefeπed. Relevant effector functions include but are not limited to vims aggregation; antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity; complement activation; and opsonization. Antibody may be prepared according to the description provided in an earlier section. For systemic protection, the antibody is preferably monomeric, and preferably of the IgG class. For mucosal protection, the antibody may be polymeric, preferably of the IgA class. The antibody may be either monoclonal or polyclonal; typically, a cocktail of monoclonal antibodies is prefeπed. It is also prefeπed that the preparation be substantially pure of other biological components from the original antibody source. Other antibody molecules of desired reactivity, and carriers or stabilizers may be added after purification. In some instances, it is desirable that the antibody resemble as closely as possible an antibody of the species which is to be treated. This is to prevent the administered antibody from becoming itself a target of the recipient's immune response. Antibodies of this type are especially desirable when the subject has an active immune system, or when the antibodies are to be administered in repeat doses. Accordingly, this invention embodies anti-Glycoprotein B antibody which is human, or which has been humanized. Polyclonal human antibody may be purified from the sera of human individuals previously infected with the respective RFHV/KSHV subfamily heφes vims, or from volunteers administered with an active vaccine. Monoclonal human antibody may be produced from the lymphocytes of such individuals, obtained, for example, from peripheral blood. In general, human hybridomas may be generated according to the methods outlined earlier. Usually, the production of stable human hybridomas will require a combination of manipulative techniques, such as both fusion with a human myeloma cell line and transformation, for example, with EBV. b In a prefeπed method, human antibody is produced from a chimeπc non-pπmate animal with functional human immunoglobulin loci (WO 91/10741 Jakobovits et al ) The non-pπmate animal strain (typically a mouse) is incapable of expressing endogenous immunoglobulin heavy chain, and optimally at least one endogenous immunoglobulin light chain The animals are genetically engineered to express human heavy chain, and optimally also a human light chain These animals are immunized with a Glycoprotein B of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily of heφes vimses Their sera can then be used to prepare polyclonal antibody, and their lymphocytes can be used to prepare hybπdomas in the usual fashion After appropnate selection and puπfication, the resultant antibody is a human antibody with the desired specificity In another preferred method, a monoclonal antibody with the desired specificity for Glycoprotein B is first developed in another species, such as a mouse, and then humanized To humanize the antibody, the polynucleotide encoding the specific antibody is isolated, antigen binding regions are obtained, and then recombined with polynucleotides encoding elements of a human immunoglobulin of unrelated specificity Alternatively, the nucleotide sequence of the specific antibody is obtained and used to design a related sequence with human charactenstics, which can be prepared, for example, by chemical synthesis The heavy chain constant region or the light chain constant region of the specific antibody, preferably both, are substituted with the constant regions of a human immunoglobulin of the desired class Preferably, segments of the vaπable region of both chains outside the complementaπty determining regions (CDR) are also substituted with their human equivalents (EP 0329400 Winter) Even more preferably, segments of the vaπable region are substituted with their human equivalents, providing they are not involved either in antigen binding or maintaining the stmcture of the binding site Important am o acids may be identified, for example, as described by Padlan In one particular technique (WO 94/11509 Couto et al ), a positional consensus sequence is developed using sequence and crystallography data of known immunoglobulins The ammo acid sequence of the Glycoprotein B specific antibody is compared with the model sequence, and ammo acids involved in antigen binding, contact with CDR's, or contact with opposing chains are identified The other ammo acids are altered, where necessary, to make them conform to a consensus of human immunoglobulin sequences A polynucleotide encoding the humanized sequence is then prepared, transfected into a host cell, and used to produce humanized antibody with the same Glycoprotein B specificity as the oπgmally obtained antibody clone Specific antibody obtained using any of these methods is generally sterilized, mixed with a pharmaceutically compatible excipient Stabilizers such as 0 3 molar glycine, and preservatives such as 1 10,000 thimerosal, may also be present The suspension may be buffered to neutral pH (~7 0), for example, by sodium carbonate The potency may optionally be adjusted by the addition of normal human IgG, obtained from large pools of normal plasma, for example, by the Cohn cold ethanol fractionation procedure Other diluents, such as albumin solution, may be used as an alternative The concentration is adjusted so that a single dose administration constitutes 0 005-0 2 mg/kg, preferably about 006 mg/kg A single dose preferably results in a circulating level of anti-Glycoprote B, as detected by ELISA or other suitable technique, which are comparable to those observed in individuals who have received an active Glycoprotein B vaccine or have recovered from an acute infection with the coπesponding vims, or which are known from experimental work to be protective against challenges with a pathologic dose of vims. Administration should generally be performed by intramuscular injection, not intravenously, and care should be taken to assure that the needle is not in a blood vessel. Special care should be taken with individuals who have a history of systemic allergic reactions following administration of human globulin. For prophylactic applications, the antibody preparation may optionally be administered in combination with an active vaccine for Glycoprotein B, as described in the preceding sections. For post-exposure applications, the antibody preparation is preferably administered within one week of the exposure, more preferably within 24 hours, or as soon as possible after the exposure. Subsequent doses may optionally be given at approximately 3 month intervals. As for all therapeutic instmments described herein, the amount of composition to be used, and the appropriate route and schedule of administration, will depend on the clinical status and requirements of the particular individual being treated. The choice of a particular regimen is ultimately the responsibility of the prescribing physician or veterinarian. The foregoing description provides, inter alia, a detailed explanation of how Glycoprotein B encoding regions of heφes vimses, particularly those of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily, can be identified and their sequences obtained. Polynucleotide sequences for encoding regions of Glycoprotein B of both RFHV and KSHV are provided. The polynucleotide sequences listed herein for RFHV and KSHV are believed to be an accurate rendition of the sequences contained in the polynucleotides from the heφes vimses in the tissue samples used for this study. They represent a consensus of sequence data obtained from multiple clones. However, it is recognized that sequences obtained by amplification methods such as PCR may comprise occasional eπors in the sequence as a result of amplification. The eπor rate is estimated to be between about 0.44% and 0.75% for single determinations; about the same rate divided by V(n-1) for the consensus of n different determinations. Nevertheless, the eπor rate may be as high as 1% or more. Sequences free of amplification eπors can be obtained by creating a library of heφes vims polynucleotide sequences, using oligonucleotides such as those provided in Table 7 to select relevant clones, and sequencing the DNA in the selected clones. The relevant methodology is well known to a practitioner of ordinary skill in the art, who may also wish to refer to the description given in the Example section that follows. It is recognized that allelic variants and escape mutants of heφes vimses occur. Polynucleotides and polypeptides may be isolated or derived that incoφorate mutations, either naturally occurring, or accidentally or deliberately induced, without departing from the spirit of this invention. The examples presented below are provided as a further guide to a practitioner of ordinary skill in the art, and are not meant to be limiting in any way. 7 EXAMPLES Example 1: Oligonucleotide primers for Herpes Virus Glycoprotein B Am o acid sequences of known heφes vims Glycoprotein B molecules were obtained from the PIR protein database, or denved from DNA sequences obtained from the GenBank database The sequences were aligned by computer-aided alignment programs and by hand Results are shown in Figure 3 sHV1, bHV4, mHV68, EBV and hHV6 sequences were used to identify regions that were relatively well conserved, particularly amongst the gamma heφes vimses Nine regions were chosen for design of amplification pπmers The DNA sequences for these regions were then used to design the o gonucleotide pπmers The pnmers were designed to have a degenerate segment of 8-14 base pairs at the 3' end, and a consensus segment of 18-30 bases at the 5' end This provides pπmers with optimal sensitivity and specificity The degenerate segment extended across highly conserved regions of heφes vims Glycoprotein B sequences, encompassing the least number of alternative codons The pnmers could therefore be synthesized with alternative nucleotide residues at the degenerate positions and yield a minimum number of combinations There were no more than 256 alternative forms for each of the primers denved The consensus segment was denved from the coπesponding flanking region of the Glycoprotein B sequences Generally, the consensus segment was denved by choosing the most frequently occumng nucleotide at each position of all the Glycoprotein B sequences analyzed However, selection was biased in favor of C or G nucleotides, to maximize the ability of the pnmers to form stable duplexes Results are shown in Figures 4-12, and are summarized in Table 4 In a PCR, oligonucleotides listed in Table 4 as having a "sense" onentation would act as pnmers by hybndizing with the strand antisense to the coding strand, and initiating polymenzation in the same direction as the Glycoprotein B encoding sequence O gonucleotides listed in Table 4 as having an "antisense" onentation would hybridize with the coding strand and initiate polymenzation in the direction opposite to that of the Glycoprotein B encoding sequence Synthetic o gonucleotides according to the designed sequences were ordered and obtained from Oligos Etc, Inc Example 2: DNA extraction Biopsy specimens were obtained from Kaposi's sarcoma lesions from human subjects diagnosed with AIDS The specimens were fixed in paraformaldehyde and embedded in paraffin, which were processed for normal histological examination Fragments of the paraffin samples were extracted with 500 μL of xylene in a 1 5 mL EPPENDORF™ conical centrifuge tube The samples were rocked gently for 5 m at room temperature, and the tubes were centπfuged in an EPPENDORF™ bench-top centrifuge at 14,000 φm for 5 mm After removing the xylene with a Pasteur pipette, 500 μL of 95% ethanol was added, the sample was resuspended, and then re-centrifuged. The ethanol was removed, and the wash step was repeated. Samples were then air-dried for about 1 hour. 500 μL of proteinase-K buffer (0.5% TWEEN™ 20, a detergent; 50 mM Tris buffer pH 7.5, 50 mM NaCl) and 5 μL of proteinase K (20 mg/mL) were added, and the sample was incubated for 3 h at 55°C. The proteinase K was inactivated by incubating at 95°C for 10 min. Samples of DNA from KS tissue were pooled to provide a consistent source of polynucleotide for the amplification reactions. This pool was known to contain DNA from KSHV, as detected by amplification of KSHV DNA polymerase sequences, as described in commonly owned U.S. Patent Application 60/001,148. Example 3: Obtaining amplified segments of KSHV Glycoprotein B The oligonucleotides obtained in Example 1 were used to amplify segments of the DNA extracted from KSHV tissue in Example 2, according to the following protocol. A first PCR reaction was conducted using 2 μL of pooled DNA template, 1 μL of oligonucleotide FRFDA (50 pmol/μL), 1 μL of oligonucleotide TVNCB (50 pmol/μL), 10 μL of 10x buffer, 1 μL containing 2.5 mM of each of the deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates (dNTPs), 65 μL distilled water, and 65 μL mineral oil. The mixture was heated to 80°C in a Perkin-Elmer (model 480) PCR machine. 0.5 μL Taq polymerase (BRL, 5 U/μL) and 19.5 μL water was then added. 35 cycles of amplification were conducted in the following sequence: 1 min at 94'C, 1 min at the annealing temperature, and 1 min at 72°C. The annealing temperature was 60°C in the first cycle, and decreased by 2°C each cycle until 50"C was reached. The remaining cycles were performed using 50"C as the annealing temperature. A second PCR reaction was conducted as follows: to 1 μL of the reaction mixture from the previous step was added 1 μL oligonucleotide NIVPA (50 pmol/μL), 1 μL oligonucleotide TVNCB (50 pmol/μL), 10 μL of 10x buffer, 1 μL dNTPs, 66 μL water, and 65 μL mineral oil. The mixture was heated to 80°C, and 0.5 μL Taq polymerase in 19.5 μL water was added. 35 cycles of amplification were conducted using the same temperature step-down procedure as before. The PCR product was analyzed by electrophoresing on a 2% agarose gel and staining with ethidium bromide. The two-round amplification procedure was performed using fourteen test buffers. Five buffers yielded PCR product of about the size predicted by analogy with other heφes sequences. These included WB4 buffer (10x WB4 buffer is 0.67 M Tris buffer pH 8.8, 40 mM MgCI 2 , 0.16 M (NH 4 ) 2 S0 4 , 0.1 M β-mercaptoethanol, 1 mg/mL bovine semm albumin, which is diluted 1 to 10 in the reaction). Also tested was WB2 buffer (the same as WB4 buffer, except with 20 mM MgCI 2 in the 10x concentrate). Also tested were buffers that contained 10 mM Tris pH 8.3, 3.5 mM MgCI 2 and 25 mM KCl; or 10 mM Tris pH 8.3, 3.5 mM MbCI 2 and 75 mM KCl; or 10 mM Tris pH 8.8, 3.5 mM MgCI 2 and 75 mM KCl; when diluted to final reaction volume. The WB4 buffer showed the strongest band, and some additional fainter bands. This may have been due to a greater overall amount of labeled amplified polynucleotide in the WB4 sample. The product from amplification with WB2 buffer was selected for further investigation. A third round of amplification was performed to introduce a radiolabel. The last-used oligonucleotide (TVNCB) is end-labeled with gamma 32 P-ATP, and 1 μL was added to 20 μL of the reaction mixture from the previous amplification step, along with 1 μL 2.5 mM dNTP. The mixture was heated to 80°C, and 0.5 μL Taq polymerase was added. Amplification was conducted through five cycles of 94"C, 60"C and 72°C. The reaction was stopped using 8.8 μL of loading buffer from a Circumvent sequencing gel kit. A ~4 μL aliquot of the radiolabeled reaction product was electrophoresed on a 6% polyacrylamide sequencing gel for 1.5 h at 51 °C. The gel was dried for 1.5 h, and an autoradiograph was generated by exposure for 12 h. Two bands were identified. The larger band had the size expected for the fragment from analogy with other gamma heφes virus sequences. The larger band was marked and cut out, and DNA was eluted by incubation in 40 μL TE buffer (10 mM Tris and 1 mM EDTA, pH. 8.0). A further amplification reaction was performed on the extracted DNA, using 1 μL of the eluate, 10 μL 10x WB2 butter, 1 μL 2.5 mM dNTP, 1 μL of each of the second set of oligonucleotide primers (NIVPA and TVNCB), and 65 μL water. The mixture was heated to 80 β C, and 0.5 μL Taq polymerase in 19.5 μL water was added. Amplification was conducted through 35 cycles, using the temperature step-down procedure described earlier. Example 4: Sequence of the 386 base fragment of KSHV Glycoprotein B The amplified polynucleotide fragment from the Glycoprotein B gene of KSHV was purified and cloned according to the following procedure. 40 μL of amplification product was n on a 2% agarose gel, and stained using 0.125 μg/mL ethydium bromide. The single band at about 400 base pairs was cut out, and purified using a QIAGEN™ II gel extraction kit, according to manufacturer's instmctions. The purified PCR product was ligated into the pGEM™-t cloning vector. The vector was used to transform competent bacteria (E. coli JM-109). Bacterial clones containing the amplified DNA were picked and cultured. The bacteria were lysed and the DNA was extracted using phenol-chloroform followed by precipitation with ethanol. Colonies containing inserts of the correct size were used to obtain DNA for sequencing. The clone inserts were sequenced from both ends using vector-specific oligonucleotides (forward and reverse primers) with a SEQUENASE™ 7-deaza dGTP kit, according to manufacturer's directions. A consensus sequence for the new fragment was obtained by combining sequence data obtained from 5 clones of one KSHV Glycoprotein B amplification product. The length of the fragment in between the primer hybridizing regions was 319 base pairs. The nucleotide sequence is listed as SEQ. ID NO:3 and shown in Figure 1. The encoded polypeptide sequence is listed as SEQ. ID NO:4. Figure 13 compares the sequence of this Glycoprotein B gene fragment with the coπesponding sequence of other gamma heφes vimses. Single dots (.) indicate residues in other gamma heφes vimses that are identical to those of the KSHV sequence. Dashes (-) indicate positions where gaps have been added to provide optimal alignment of the encoded protein. The longest stretch of consecutive nucleotides that is identical between the KSHV sequence and any of the other listed sequences is 14. Short conserved sequences are scattered throughout the fragment. Overall, the o polynucleotide fragment is 63% identical between KSHV and the two closest heφes vims sequences, sHV1 and bHV4 The sequence data was used to design Type 3 o gonucleotide pnmers of 20-40 base pairs in length The primers were designed to hybndize preferentially with the KSHV Glycoprotein B polynucleotide, but not with other sequenced polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B Example pnmers of this type were listed earlier in Table 7 Figure 14 compares the predicted ammo acid sequence encoded by the same Glycoprotein B gene fragment At the am o acid level, two short segments are shared between KSHV and a previously known gamma heφes vims, bHV4 The first (SEQ ID NO 64) is 13 ammo acids in length and located near the N-terminal end of the fragment The second (SEQ ID N0.65) is 15 ammo acids in length and located near the C-terminal end of the fragment All other segments shared between KSHV and other gamma heφes vimses are 9 ammo acids or shorter Example 5: Sequence of the 386 base fragment of RFHV Glycoprotein B Tissue specimens were obtained from the tumor of a Macaque nemestnna monkey at the University of Washington Regional Pπmate Research Center The specimens were fixed in paraformaldehyde and embedded in paraffin DNA was extracted from the specimens according to the procedure of Example 2 The presence of RFHV polynucleotide in DNA preparations was determined by conducting PCR amplification reactions using oligonucleotide pπmers hybridizing to the DNA polymerase gene Details of this procedure are provided in commonly owned U S Patent Application 60/001,148 DNA extracts containing RFHV polynucleotide determined in this fashion were pooled for use in the present study DNA preparations containing RFHV polynucleotide served as the template in PCR amplification reactions using Glycoprotein B consensus-degenerate oligonucleotides FRFDA and TVNCB, followed by a second round of amplification using ohgonucleotides NIVPA and TVNCB Conditions were essentially the same as in Example 3, except that only WB4 buffer produced bands of substantial intensity, with the amount of DNA in the initial source and the conditions used Labeling of the amplified DNA was performed with 32 P end-labeled NIVPA, as before, the product was electrophoresed on a 6% polyacrylamide gel, and an autoradiogram was obtained A ladder of bands coπesponding to about 386 base pairs and about 10 higher mol wt concatemers was observed The 386 base pair band (with the same mobility as a simultaneously mn KSHV fragment) was cut out of the gel and extracted To determine whether the DNA in this extract was obtained from a specific amplification reaction, PCR's were set up using NIVPASQ alone, TVNCBSQ alone, or the two pnmers together Buffer conditions were the same as for the initial amplification reactions The mixture was heated to 80°C, Taq polymerase was added, and the amplification was earned through 35 cycles using the temperature step-down procedure Theoretically, specific amplification reactions accumulate product linearly when one pnmer is used, and exponentially when using two pnmers with opposite onentation Thus, specificity is indicated by more product in the reaction using both pnmers, whereas equal product in all three mixtures suggests non-specific amplification Amplification products from these test reactions 7/ were analyzed on an agarose gel stained with ethidium bromide The RF extract showed no product for the NIVPASQ reaction, a moderate staining band for the TVNCBSQ reaction at the appropnate mobility, and an intensely staining band for both pnmers together For a KSHV fragment assayed in parallel, there was a faint band for the NIVPASQ reaction, no band for the TVNCBSQ reaction, and an intensely staining band for both pnmers together We concluded that the 386 base pair band in the RF extract represented specific amplification product Accordingly, 40 μL of the RF extract that had been amplified with both pπmers was mn preparatively on a 2% agarose gel, and the ~386 base pair band was cut out Agarose was removed using a QIAGEN™ kit, and the product was cloned in E coli and sequenced as in Example 4 A consensus sequence was determined for 3 different clones obtained from the same amplified RFHV product The polynucleotide sequence of RFHV Glycoprotein B fragment (SEQ ID NO 1) is aligned in Figure 1 with the coπesponding sequence from KSHV Also shown is the encoded RFHV ammo acid sequence (SEQ ID NO 2) Between the pnmer hybridization regions (nucleotides 36-354), the polynucleotide sequences are 76% identical, and the ammo acid sequences are 91% identical The internal cysteine residue and the potential N-hnked glycosylation site are both conserved between the two vimses The sequence data was used to design Type 3 ohgonucleotide pnmers of 20-40 base pairs in length The pnmers were designed to hybndize preferentially with the RFHV Glycoprotein B polynucleotide, but not with other sequenced polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B Example pnmers of this type were listed earlier in Table 7 Figure 15 compares the predicted am o acid sequence encoded by nucleotides 36-354 of the Glycoprotein B gene fragment As for the KSHV sequence, two short segments are shared between RFHV and a previously known gamma heφes vims, bHV4 All other segments shared between RFHV and other gamma heφes vimses are shorter than 9 ammo acids in length Figure 16 is an alignment of sequence data for the same Glycoprotein B fragment in the spectmm of herpes vimses for which data is available Figure 17 shows the phylogenetic relationship between heφes vimses, based on the degree of identity across the partial Glycoprotein B ammo acid sequences shown in Figure 16 By am o acid homology, amongst the vimses shown, RFHV and KSHV are most closely related to bHV4, eHV2, and sHV1 Example 6: Oligonucleotide primers and probes for the RFHV/KSHV subfamily Based on the polynucleotide fragment obtained for RFHV and KSHV, seven Type 2 ohgonucleotides were designed that could be used either as PCR pnmers or as hybndization probes with members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily Four consensus-degenerate Type 2 oligonucleotides, SHMDA, CFSSB, ENTFA, and DNIQB are shown in Figure 17, alongside the sequences they were denved from Like the o gonucleotides of Example 1, they have a consensus segment towards the 5' end, and a degenerate segment towards the 3' end However, these o gonucleotides are based only on the RFHV and KSHV sequences, and IX will therefore preferentially form stable duplexes with Glycoprotein B of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily A list of exemplary Type 2 o gonucleotides was provided earlier in Table 6 Different Type 2 o gonucleotides have sense or antisense oπentations Pπmers with opposing oπentations may be used together in PCR amplifications Alternatively, any Type 2 oligonucleotide may be used in combination with a Type 1 oligonucleotide with an opposite onentation Example 7: Upstream and downstream Glycoprotein B sequence Further amplification reactions are conducted to obtain additional sequence data The source for KSHV DNA is Kaposi's Sarcoma tissue, either frozen tissue blocks or paraffin-embedded tissue, prepared according to Example 2, or cell lines developed from a cancer with a KSHV etiology, such as body cavity lymphoma Also suitable is KSHV that ts propagated in culture (Weiss et al ) The general strategy to obtain further sequence data in the 5' direction of the coding strand is to conduct amplification reactions using the consensus-degenerate (Type 1) ohgonucleotide hybndizmg upstream from the fragment as the 5' pπmer, in combination with the closest virus-specific (Type 3) oligonucleotides as the 3' pπmers Thus, a first seπes of amplification cycles are conducted, for example, using FRFDA and TNKYB as the first set of pπmers This may optionally be followed by a second senes of amplification cycles, conducted, for example, using FRFDA and GLTEB as a second set of pπmers The conditions used are similar to those descnbed in Examples 3 and 4 The reaction is performed in WB4 buffer, using the temperature step-down procedure descnbed in Example 3 After two rounds of amphfication, the product is labeled using the last-used virus-specific o gonucleotide (GLTEB, in this case), end-labeled with gamma 32 P-ATP The labeled product is electrophoresed on 6% polyacrylamide, and a band coπesponding to the appropnate size as predicted by analogy with other herpes vimses is excised After re-amplification, the product is puπfied, cloned, and sequenced as before A consensus sequence for the new fragment is obtained by combining results of about three determinations In order to obtain further sequence data in the 3' direction of the coding strand, amplifications are conducted using consensus-degenerate (Type 1) o gonucleotides hybndizmg downstream from the fragment as the 3' pπmer, in combination with the closest virus-specific (Type 3) ohgonucleotides as the 5' pπmers In one example, a first senes of amplification cycles are conducted using NVFDB and TVFLA, optionally followed by a second seπes conducted using NVFDB and SQPVA Amplification and sequencing is performed as before The new sequence is used to design further Type 3 oligonucleotides with a sense orientation, which are used with other downstream-hybndizing Type 1 o gonucleotides (such as FREYB and NVFDB) to obtain further sequence data Altematively, further sequence data in the 3' direction is obtained using Type 1 o gonucleotides with opposite onentation for example, two pπmers are selected from the group of FRFDA, NIVPA, TVNCA, NIDFB, NVFDB, and FREYB, additional pπmers may be selected for nested amplification To obtain sequence data 3' from the most downstream ohgonucleotide pπmer, Type 1 pπmers such as CYSRA, or Type 3 pπmers such as TVFLA, may be used in combination with pnmers *7.3 hybridizing towards the 5' end of the DNA polymerase gene. Oligonucleotide primers hybridizing to the DNA polymerase gene of heφes vimses related to RFHV and KSHV are described in commonly owned U.S. Patent Application 60/001 ,148. The DNA polymerase encoding region is located 3' to the Glycoprotein B encoding region. PCRs conducted using this primer combination are expected to amplify polynucleotides comprising the 3' end of the Glycoprotein B encoding region, any intervening sequence if present, and the 5' end of the DNA Polymerase encoding region. This strategy was implemented as follows: DNA containing KSHV encoding sequences for Glycoprotein B was prepared from a frozen Kaposi's sarcoma sample, designated RiGr, and a cell line derived from a body cavity lymphoma, designated BC-1. In order to obtain the full 5' sequence, a Type 1 oligonucleotide probe was designed for the encoding sequence suspected of being upstream of Glycoprotein B: namely, the capsid maturation gene (CAPMAT). Known sequences of CAPMAT from other vimses were used to identify a relatively conserved region, and design a consensus-degenerate primer designated FENSA to hybridize with CAPMAT in the sense orientation of Glycoprotein B. A Type 1 oligonucleotide probe was designed for the encoding sequence suspected of being downstream of Glycoprotein B: namely, the DNA polymerase. These oligonucleotides are listed in Table 9. TABLE 9: Additional Type 1 Oligonucleotides used for Detecting, Amplifying, or Characterizing Herpes Virus Polynucleotides Target: Capsld/Maturaϋon gene from HerpesViruses, especially from gamma Herpesviruses Designation Sequence Length No. of Orien-tation SEQ (5' to 3 1 ) forms ID: FENSAC GCCTTTGAGAATTCYAARTAYATHAAR 27 48 sense 77 FENSAG GGGTTTGAGAATTCYAARTAYATHAAR 27 48 sense 78 Target DNA polymerase gene from HerpesViruses, especially from gamma HerpesViruses Designation Sequence Length No. of Orien-tation SEQ (5' to 3 * ) forms ID: CVNVB TAAAAGTACAGCTCCTGCCCGAANACRTTN 35 64 antisense 79 ACRCA Amplification was caπied out using pairs of sense and antisense primers that covered the entire Glycoprotein B encoding region. Fragments obtained include those listed in Table 10. IH TABLE 10: KSHV Glycoprotein B fragments obtained Fragment Length Position 1 NIVPA → TVNCB 0.39 kb original fragment 2 FENSA -* VNVNB 0.9 kb 5' of fragment 1 across to CAPMAT 3 TVNCA→ FREYB 2.3 kb 3' of fragment 1' 4 FAYDA → FREYB 0.65 kb 3' of fragment 1 5 SQPVA → HVLQB 2.5 kb 3' of fragment 1 across to DNA polymerase 6 FREYA → SCGFB 1.1 kb 3' of fragment 2 across to DNA polymerase The protocol used for amplifying and sequencing was as follows: PCR amplification was carried out using the DNA template with the primer pair (e.g., FREYA and SCGFB). 35 cycles were conducted of 94°C for 45 sec, 60°C for 45 sec, and 72°C for 45 sec; and then followed by a final extension step at 72°C for 10 min. PCR products of the predicted length were purified on agarose gels using the QIAQUICK™ PCR purification kit from Quiagen. Purified PCR products were reamplified in a second round of amplification. The second round was conducted alternatively in a nested or non-nested fashion. In the example given, second-round amplification was conducted using FREYA and SCGFB, or with FREYA and HVLQB. Amplification for 35 cycles was conducted at 94°C for 45 sec, 65°C for 45 sec, and 72 β C for 45 sec; and then followed by a final extension step at 72°C for 60 min. The PCR products were ligated into the Novagen PT7 BLUE™ vector, and transformed into Novablue competent E. coli. Ligations and transformations were performed using Novagen protocols. Colonies were screened by PCR using M13 forward and reverse oligonucleotides. Using the Quiaquick plasmid isolation kit, plasmids were isolated from PCR positive colonies that had been grown up ovemight in 5 mL LB broth at 37°C. Manual sequencing of the plasmids using M13 forward and reverse sequencing primers was performed following the USB Sequenase Kit protocol (USB). Automated sequencing was performed by ABI methods. Additional KSHV-specific Type 3 oligonucleotides were designed as the KSHV sequence emerged. Type 3 oligonucleotides were used in various pair combinations or with Type 1 oligonucleotides to PCR amplify, clone, and sequence sections of the KSHV DNA. The Type 3 oligonucleotides used are listed in Table 11 : ηs TABLE 11 : Additional Type 3 Oligonucleotides used for Detecting, Amplifying, or Characterizing Heφes Virus Polynucleotides encoding Glycoprotein B Target: Glycoprotein B from KSHV Desig¬ Sequence Length No. of Orientation SEQ nation (5' to 3') forms ID: GAYTA TGTGGAAACGGGAGCGTACAC 21 1 sense 80 DTYSB TCAGACAAGAGTACGTGTCGG 21 1 anti-sense 81 AIYGB TACAGGTCGACCGTAGATGGC 21 1 anti-sense 82 VTECA CGCCATTTCCGTGACCGAGTG 21 1 sense 83 CEHYB TGATGAAGTAGTGTTCGCAGG 21 1 anti-sense 84 DLGGB GATGCCACCCAGGTCCGCCAC 21 1 anti-sense 85 DLGGA GTGGCGGACCTGGGTGGCATC 21 1 sense 86 RAPPA CGTAGATCGCAGGGCACCTCC 21 1 sense 87 Target DNA Polymerase from KSHV Desig¬ Sequence Length No. of Orientation SEQ nation {5' o 3') forms ID: GEVFB GTCTCTCCCGCGAATACTTCT 21 1 antisense 88 HVLQB GAGGGCCTGCTGGAGGACGTG 21 1 antisense 89 SCGFB CGGTGGAGAAGCCGCAGGATG 21 1 antisense 90 Figure 18 is a map showing the location where oligonucleotides hybridize with the KSHV DNA. Abbreviations used are as follows: d or h = consensus-degenerate probes that hybridize with heφesvirus sequences (Type 1), sq = additional sequencing tail available, g = probes that hybridize with gamma heφesvimses (Type 1), f = probes that hybridize with KSHV/RFHV family of heφesvimses (Type 2), ks = probes specific for KSHV (Type 3). Figure 19 lists a consensus sequence obtained by compiling sequence data from each of the characterized fragments. The polynucleotide sequence (SEQ. ID NO:91) is shown. Nucleotides 1-3056 (SEQ. ID NO:92) incorporating the region before the DNA polymerase encoding sequence is an embodiment of this invention. This consensus sequence represents the consensus of data obtained from both the Kaposi's sarcoma sample RiGr, and the lymphoma cell line BC-1 , with a plurality of clones being sequenced for each sample and each gene segment. Between about 3-9 determinations have been performed at each location. Also shown in Figure 19 is the amino acid translation of the three open reading frames (SEQ. ID NOS:93-95). The encoded CAPMAT protein fragment (SEQ. ID NO:93) overlaps the 5' end of the Glycoprotein B encoding sequence (SEQ. ID NO:94) in a different phase. Further upstream, the CAPMAT encoding sequence is also suspected of comprising control elements for Glycoprotein B transcription, due to homology with the binding site for RNA polymerase 2 of Epstein Baπ Virus. This putative promoter region is underlined in the Figure. At the 3' end of the Glycoprotein B encoding sequence, there is an untranslated sequence including a polyadenlyation signal. Further downstream is the encoding sequence for a DNA Polymerase fragment (SEQ. ID NO:95). When the Glycoprotein B encoding sequence was compared with other sequences on GenBank, homology was found only with Glycoprotein B sequences from other heφes vimses. Occasional sequences of 20 nucleotides or less are shared with several heφes vimses. The sequence ATGTTCAGGGAGTACAACTACTACAC (SEQ. ID NO:98) is shared with eHV2. Other than this sequence, segments of the KSHV encoding region 21 nucleotides or longer are apparently unique, compared with other previously known sequences. Within the Glycoprotein B encoding sequence, four allelic variants were noted at the polynucleotide level between sequence data obtained using the Kaposi's sarcoma sample and that obtained using the body cavity lymphoma cell line. These are indicated in the Figure by aπows. All but one of the variants was silent. The fourth variant causes a difference of Proline to Leucine in the gene product. The protein product encoded by the KSHV Glycoprotein B gene has the following features: There is a domain at the N-terminus that coπesponds to the signal-peptide domain (the "leader") of Glycoprotein B other heφes vimses. The complete KSHV Glycoprotein B amino acid sequence with that known for other heφes vimses is provided in Figure 3, and reveals areas of homology. Residues highly conserved amongst heφes vims Glycoprotein B sequences are marked with an asterisk (*). The cysteine residues conserved amongst other heφes vims Glycoprotein B sequences are also present in that of KSHV. In addition, there are two additional cysteines which could form an additional intemal disulfide and stabilize the three-dimensional stmcture (marked by "•"). The KSHV Glycoprotein B sequence also has a predicted membrane-spanning domain that coπesponds to that on Glycoprotein B of other heφes vimses. The full glycoprotein B sequence of RFHV is obtained by a similar strategy. The source for RFHV DNA is similarly prepared tissue from infected monkeys at the University of Washington Regional Primate Research Center. DNA is extracted as described in Example 5. In order to obtain further sequence data in the 5' direction of the coding strand, amplifications are conducted using the consensus-degenerate (Type 1) oligonucleotide hybridizing upstream from the fragment as the 5' primer, in combination with the closest virus-specific (Type 3) oligonucleotides as the 3' primers. Thus, a first series of amplification cycles are conducted, for example, using FRFDA and AAITB as the first set of primers. This is followed by a second series of amplification cycles, conducted the same primers, or using the nested set FRFDA and GMTEB. Amplification conditions are similar to those described for KSHV. In order to obtain further sequence data in the 3' direction of the coding strand, amplifications are conducted using consensus-degenerate (Type 1) oligonucleotides hybridizing downstream from the fragment as the 3' primer, in combination with the closest vims-specific (Type 3) oligonucleotides as the 5' primers. Thus, a first series of amplification cycles are conducted using NVFDB and VEGLA, followed by a second series conducted using NVFDB and PVLYA. Amplification and sequencing is performed as before. The new sequence is used to design further Type 3 oligonucleotides with a sense onentation, which are used with other downstream-hybridizing Type 1 o gonucleotides (namely FREYB and NVFDB) to obtain further sequence data Polynucleotide and am o acid sequence data is used to compare the Glycoprotein B of RFHV and KSHV with each other, and with that of other heφes vimses The RFHV and KSHV sequences may be used to design further subfamily-specific Type 2 oligonucleotides, as in Example 6 Example 8: Glycoprotein B sequences from DNA libraries Complete Glycoprotein B sequences can be obtained or confirmed by generating DNA libranes from affected tissue Sources of DNA for this study are the same as for Example 7 The DNA lysate is digested with proteinase K, and DNA is extracted using phenol-chloroform After extensive dialysis, the preparation is partially digested with the Sau3A I restπction endonuclease The digest is centπfuged on a sucrose gradient, and fragments of about 10-23 kilobases are recovered The lambda DASH-2™ vector phage (Stratagene) is prepared by cutting with BamHI The size-selected fragments are then mixed with the vector and ligated using DNA gase The ligated vector is prepared with the packaging extract from Stratagene according to manufacturer's directions It is used to infect XL1-BLUE™ MRA bactena About 200,000 of the phage-mfected bacteria are plated onto agar at a density of about 20,000 per plate After culturmg, the plates are overlaid with nitrocellulose, and the nitrocellulose is cut into fragments Phage are eluted from the fragments and their DNA are subjected to an amplification reaction using appropnate virus-specific pπmers The reaction products are n on an agarose gel, and stained with ethidium bromide Phage are recovered from regions of the plate giving amplified DNA of the expected size The recovered phage are used to infect new XL1 bacteria and re-plated in fresh cultures The process is repeated until single clones are obtained at limiting dilution Each clone selected by this procedure is then mapped using restπction nucleases to ascertain the size of the fragment incoφorated Inserts sufficiently large to incoφorate the entire Glycoprotein B sequence are sequenced at both ends using vector-specific pπmers Sequences are compared with the known polynucleotide sequence of the entire EBV genome to determine whether the fragment spans the intact Glycoprotein B sequence DNA is obtained from suitable clones, sheared, and sequenced by shot-gun cloning according to standard techniques Example 9: Antigenic regions of Glycoprotein B The polynucleotide fragments between the hybridization sites for NIVPA and TVNCB in the Glycoprotein B gene have the predicted ammo acid sequences shown in Figure 14 Based on these sequences, peptides that are unique for RFHV or KSHV, or that are shared between species can be identified Figure 14 shows example peptides of 6 or 7 ammo acids in length Some of the peptides comprise one or more residues that are distinct either for RFHV or KSHV (Class III), or for the RFHV/KSHV subfamily (Class II) compared with the coπesponding gamma heφes vims peptides 7* To confiππ that regions contained within this 106-amino acid region of Glycoprotein B may be recognized by antibody, computer analysis was performed to generate Hopp and Woods antigenicity plots. The Hopp and Woods determination is based in part on the relative hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity of consecutive amino acid residues (Hopp et al). Results are shown in Figures 20, 21 and 22. Key: ~ = antigenic; Λ = hydrophobic; # = potential N-linked glycosylation site. Figure 20 shows the analysis of the 106 amino acid Glycoprotein B fragment from RFHV; Figure 21 shows the analysis of the KSHV fragment, and Figure 22 shows the analysis of the full KSHV sequence. Both RFHV and KSHV contain several regions predicted to be likely antibody target sites. In particular, the KSHV sequence shows an antigenic region near the N-terminal end of this fragment, and near the potential N-linked glycosylation site. The full-length KSHV sequence shows hydrophobic minima corresponding both to the signal peptide (residue -25) and the transmembrane domain (residue ~750). A number of putative antigenic regions with scores >1.0 or >1.5 are observed. Particulariy notable is a region scoring up to -2.5 that appears at about residues 440-460. Example 10: Virus specific Glycoprotein B amplification assays Type 3 oligonucleotides are used in nested vims-specific amplification reactions to detect the presence of RFHV or KSHV in a panel of tissue samples from potentially affected subjects. For KSHV, DNA is extracted from tissue suspected of harboring the vims; particularly biopsy samples from human subjects with Kaposi's Sarcoma lesions and body cavity B-cell lymphoma. A number of different tissue samples are used, including some from KS lesions, some from apparently unaffected tissue in the same individuals, some from HIV positive individuals with no apparent KS lesions, and some from HIV negative individuals. Five samples are obtained in each category. DNA is prepared as described in Example 2. The oligonucleotide primers GLTEA, YELPA, VNVNB, and ENTFB are ordered from Oligos Etc., Inc. The DNA is amplified in two stages, using primers GLTEEA and ENTFB in the first stage, and YELPA and VNVNB in the second stage. The conditions of the amplification are similar to those of Example 3. The reaction product is electrophoresed on a 2% agarose gel, stained with ethidium bromide, and examined under U.V. light. A positive result is indicated by the presence of abundant polynucleotide in the reaction product, as detected by ethidium bromide staining. This reflects the presence of KSHV derived DNA in the sample; specifically, the Glycoprotein B encoding fragment from YELPA to VNVNB. Results are matched with patient history and sample histopathology to determine whether positive assay results correlate with susceptibility to KS. For RFHV, DNA is extracted from frozen tissue samples taken from Macaca nemestrina and Macaca fascicularis monkeys living in the primate colony at the Washington Regional Primate Research Center. Ten samples are taken each from tissue sites showing overt symptoms of fibromatosis, apparently unaffected sites in the same monkeys, and coπesponding sites in monkeys showing no symptomatology. Nested PCR amplification is conducted first using GMTEΞA and VEGLB, then using KYEIA and TDRDB. Amplification product is electrophoresed and stained as before, to determine whether RFHV polynucleotide is present in the samples. 1 «l Example 11: Immunogenic regions of Glycoprotein B To identify what antibodies may be generated dunng the natural course of infection with KSHV, semm samples are obtained from 10-20 AIDS subjects with Kaposi's Sarcoma lesions, from 10-20 HIV-positive symptom-negative subjects, and 10-20 HIV-negative controls In initial studies, sera in each population are pooled for antibody analysis Peptides 12 residues long are synthesized according to the entire predicted extracellular domain of the mature KSHV Glycoprotein B molecule Sequential peptides are prepared coveπng the entire sequence, and overlapping by 8 residues The peptides are prepared on a nylon membrane support by standard F-Moc chemistry, using a SPOTS™ kit from Genosys according to manufacturer's directions Prepared membranes are overlaid with the semm, washed, and overlaid with beta-galactose conjugated anti-human IgG The test is developed by adding the substrate X-gal Positive staining indicates IgG antibody reactivity in the semm against the coπesponding peptide Similarly, to identify antibodies formed in the natural course of RFHV infection, blood samples are collected from 10 Macaca nemestnna and 10 Macaca fascicularis monkeys, a proportion of which display overt symptoms of fibromatosis The presence or absence of an ongoing RFHV infection is confirmed by conducting PCR amplification assays using RFHV-specific oligonucleotides as in Example 10 Plasma and blood cells are separated by centnfugation These sera are used to test for antibodies in a method similar to that for KSHV, except that 12-mers are synthesized based on the RFHV Glycoprotein B sequence Select RFHV and KSHV peptides are also tested in animal models to determine immunogenicity when administered in combination with desirable adjuvants such as alum and DETOX™ Suitable peptides include those identified in the aforementioned expenment as eliciting antibody dunng the natural course of viral infection Other candidates include those believed to participate in a biological function of Glycoprotein B, and those coπesponding to peptides of other herpes vimses known to elicit viral neutralizing antibodies The peptides are coupled onto keyhole limpet hemocyanm (KLH) as a earner, combined with adjuvant according to standard protocols, and 100 μg peptide equivalent in 1-2 mL inoculum is injected intramuscularly into rabbits The animals are boosted with a second dose 4 weeks later, and test-bled after a further 2 weeks Microtiter plate wells are prepared for ELISA by coating with the immunogen or unrelated peptide-KLH control The wells are overlaid with seπal dilutions of the plasma from the test bleeds, washed, and developed using beta-galactose anti-human IgG and X-gal Positive staining in the test wells but not the control wells indicates that the peptide is immunogenic under the conditions used Example 12: Identification and characterization of Glycoprotein B from other members of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily Tissue samples suspected of containing a previously undesenbed gamma heφes vims, particularly fibroproliferative conditions, lymphocyte malignancies, and conditions associated with 0 immunodeficiency and immunosuppression, such as acute respiratory disease syndrome (ARDS), are preserved by freezing, and the DNA is extracted as in Example 2. Two rounds of PCR amplification are conducted using Type 1 oligonucleotides FRFDA and TVNCB in the first round, then using nested Type 1 or Type 2 oligonucleotides in the second round. Optionally, the presence of an RFHV/KSHV family Glycoprotein B polynucleotide is confirmed by probing the amplification product with a suitable probe. The amplified polynucleotide is electrophoresed in agarose and blotted onto a nylon membrane. The blot is hybridized with a probe comprising the polynucleotide fragment obtained from the KSHV polynucleotide encoding Glycoprotein B (residues 36- 354 of SEQ. ID NO:3), labeled with 32 P. The hybridization reaction is done under conditions that will peπnit a stable complex forming between the probe and Glycoprotein B from a heφes vims, but not between the probe and Glycoprotein B encoding polynucleotides from sources outside the RFHV/KSHV subfamily. Hybridization conditions will require approximately 70% identity between hybridizing segments of the probe and the target for a stable complex to form. These conditions are calculated using the formula given earlier, depending on the length and sequence of the probe and the coπesponding sequence of the target. The conditions are estimated to be: a) allowing the probe to hybridize with the target in 6 x SSC (0.15 M NaCl, 15 mM sodium citrate buffer) at room temperature in the absence of formamide; and b) washing newly formed duplexes for a brief period (5-10 min) in 2 x SSC at room temperature. Amplified polynucleotides that hybridize to the labeled probe under these conditions are selected for further characterization. Altematively, PCR amplification products having about the same size as that predicted from the KSHV are suspected of having a related sequence. Samples may also be suspected of having a related sequence if they have been used to obtain polynucleotides encompassing other regions of a heφes vims genome, such as DNA polymerase. Samples containing fragments potentially different from RFHV or KSHV, either due to a size difference or different origin, are sequenced across the fragment as in Example 4. Those with novel sequences are used to determine the entire Glycoprotein B gene sequence by a method similar to that in Example 7 or 8. A Glycoprotein B encoding sequence from a third member of the RFHV/KSHV heφes vims subfamily was obtained as follows. DNA was extracted from two frozen tissue samples from a Macaca mulatta monkey with retroperitoneal fibromatosis. Extraction was conducted according to Example 1. The extracted DNA was precipitated with ethanol in the presence of 40 μg glycogen as carrier, washed in 70% ethanol, and resuspended in 10 mM Tris buffer, pH 8.0. The extracted DNA was used to obtain a 151 base pair fragment of a heφes vims DNA polymerase gene, which was non-identical to that of KSHV, RFHV, or any other previously characterized DNA polymerase. This lead to the suspicion that the sample contained genomic DNA from a different heφes virus, that could be used to identify and characterize a new Glycoprotein B gene. A 386 base pair fragment of a Glycoprotein B encoding sequence was amplified from the sample using a hemi-nested PCR. The procedure was similar to that used in Examples 4 and 5, with a first £ round of amplification using FRFDA and TVNCB, followed by a second round of amplification using NIVPA and TVNCB The final PCR product was sequenced as before Figure 23 lists the polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO 96) along with the coπesponding ammo acid translation (SEQ ID NO 97) Underlined is the 319 base pair sequence in between the two pnmer hybridization sites The sequences are different from those of KSHV and RFHV The Glycoprotein B is from a new member of the RFHV/KSHV subfamily of heφes vimses, designated RFHV2 REFERENCES: Altschul etal (1986) Bull Math Bio 48603-616 Ambroziuk et al (1995) Science 268582-583 AM Eis-Hubmger et al (1993) J Gen Virol 74379-385 BaghianA etal (1993) J Virol 672396-2401 Basco etal (1992) J Biol Chem 26719427-19434 Basco et al (1993) Chromosoma 10232-38 Beaucage etal (1981) Tetra Lett 221859-1862 BerelV etal (1990) Lancet 335123-128 Bernard etal (1989) Cell 59219-228 Bernard etal (1990) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 874610-4614 Boshoffetal (1995) Nature Medicine 11274-1278 Byrne KM etal (1995) Virology 290230-235 CantinEM etal (1987) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 845908-5912 CesarmanE etal (1995) New Engl J Med 3321186-1191 Chang Y etal (1994) Science 2661865-1869 DemotzS etal (1989) J Immunol Methods 12267-72 Derbyshire et al (1991) EMBO J , 1017-24 DigardP etal (1995) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 921456-1460 DorskyDI etal (1988) J Virol 623224-3232 DorskyDI etal (1990) J Virol 641394-1397 Dup N etal (1995) New Engl J Med 333798 Emery VC etal (1992) pp 257-277 in Molecular and Cell Biology of Opportunistic Infections in AIDS, S Myint & A Cann, eds, Chapman & Hall Encksonetal (1990) Science 249527-533 Fields BN & Knipe D M , eds (1991) Fundamental Virology, 2nd Edition, Raven Press FinesmithTH etal (1994) Int J Dermatol 33755-762 GagePJ etal (1993) J Virol 672191-2201 GaoS-J etal (1996) New Engl J Med 335233-241 Gibbs JS etal (1988a) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 856672-6676 ?<2- Gibbs J.S. et al. (1988b). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:7969-7973. Giddens W.E. Jr. et al. (1983). pp. 249-253 in Viral and Immunological Diseases in Nonhuman Primates; Alan R. Liss Inc. Glorioso J.C. et al. (1994). Dev. Biol. Stand 82:79-87. Haanes E.J. et al. (1994). J. Virol. 68:5825-5834. Haffey M.L. et al. (1988). J. Virol. 62:4493-4498. Hall J.D. et al. (1989). Nucl. Acids Res. 17:9231-9244. Hanke T. et al. (1991). J. Virol. 65:1177-1186. Henikoff et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915-10919. Herald B.C. et al. (1994). J. Gen. Virol. 75:1211-1222. Hirose et al. (1978). Tetra. Lett (1978) 19:2449-2452. Hodgson (1991). Bio/Technology 9:19-21. Horn et al. (1995). Human Gene Therapy 6:565-573. Hopp T.P. et al. (1981). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:3824-3828. Johnson P.A. et al. (1994). Methods Cell Biol. 43A: 191-210. Karlin S. et al. (1994). J. Virol. 68:1886-1902. Kedes D.H. et al. (1996). Nature Medicine 2:918-924. Knopf CW. et al. (1988). Biochim. Biophys. Acta 951:298-314. Kostal M. et al. (1994). Acta Virologica 38:77-88. Kumar et al. (1984). J. Org. Chem. 49:4905-4912. Larder B A. et al. (1987). EMBO J. 6:169-175. Latchman D.S. et al. (1994). Molec. Biotechnol. 2:179-195. Lin L.S. et al. (1995). J. Med. Virol. 45:99-105. Lisitsyn N. et al. (1993). Science 259:946-. Liu M.Y. et al. (1989). J. Med Virol. 28:101-105. Liu Y.-N.C. et al. (1993). J. Gen. Virol. 74:2207-2214. Manservigi R. et al. (1990). J. Virol. 64:431-436. Marcy A.I. et al. (1990). J. Virol. 64:5883-5890. Martin R.W. et al. (1993). Medicine 72:245-26. McDermott M.R. et al. (1989). Virology 169:244-247. Meier J.L. et al. (1993). J. Virol. 67:7573-7581. Meinkoth J. et al. (1984). Anal. Biochem. 138:267-. Mester J.C. et al. (1990). J. Virol. 64:5277-5283. Miles S.A. (1994). Curr. Opin. Oncol. 6:497-502. Miller G. (1996). New Engl. J. Med. 334:1292-1297. Mitsuyasu R.T. (1993). Cuπ. Opin. Oncol. 5:835-844. Moore P.S. et al. (1995a). New Engl. J. Med. 332:1181-1185. Moore P.S. et al. (1995b). New Engl. J. Med. 333:798-799. Moore P.S. et al. (1996). J. Virol. 70:549-558. 5 NavaπoD etal (1991) Virology 184253-264 NavaπoD etal (1992) Virology 18699-112 Northfelt D W (1994) Dmgs (New Zealand) 48569-582 Nugent CT etal (1994) J Virol 687644-7648 O'DonnelICA etal (1991) Clin exp Immunol 8630-36 O'DonnellME etal (1987) J Biol Chem 2624252-4259 O'LearyJJ (1996) Nature Medicine 2862-863 PadlanEA (1991) Molec Immunol 28489-494 PellettPE etal (1985) J Virol 53243-253 PereiraL (1994) Infect Agents Dis 39-28 Qadn I et al (1991) Virology 180135-152 ReardonJE etal (1989) J Biol Chem 2647405-7411 ReschkeM etal (1995) J Gen Virol 76113-122 Sanchez-Pescador L etal (1992) J Infec Dis 166623-627 Schumacher TN etal (1992) Eur J Immunol 221405-1412 ShiuSYW etal (1994) Arch Virol 137133-138 Simon etal (1991) EMBOJ 102165-2171 Soengasetal (1992) EMBOJ 114227-4237 StowND (1993) Nucl Acids Res 2187-92 TsaiC-C etal (1986) Lab Animal Sci 36119-124 VanDevanter et al (1996) J Clin Microbiol 341666-1671 WangT S -F etal (1989) FASEB J 314-21 Ward PL etal (1994) Trends Genet 10267-274 Weiss R A et al (1996) Nature Medicine 2277-278 YeungKC etal (1991) Curr Eye Res 10 (Suppl ) 31-37 Zhong W etal (1996) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 936641-6646 US 4762708 Cohen et al (Gd vaccine) US 4415732 Caruthers M H et al (polynucleotide synthesis) US 4444887 Hoffman M K (mAb method) US 4472500 Milstein C et al (mAb cell) US 4642333 Person S (HSV Gb expression) US 4683195 Mullis K B (PCR) US 4683202 Mullis KB etal (PCR) US 5124246 Urdea MS et al (branched DNA) US 5171568 Burke RL etal (HSV Gb/Gd vaccine) US 5176995 Sninsky J J et al (PCR method for viruses) US 5244792 Burke RL etal (HSV Gb expression) «« US 5350671 Houghton M. et al. (HCV diagnostics) US 5354653 Matsumoto T. et al. (HSV strain probe assay) US 5364773 Paoletti et al. (Vaccinia vaccine) US 5384122 Cunningham et al. (Heφes L-particle vaccine) US 5399346 Anderson W.F. et al. (gene therapy) US 5420026 Payne (Assembling defective particles) WO 91/16420 Blum et al. (Polymerase mutations) WO 92/05263 Inglis et al. (Attentuated heφes) WO 92/16231 Francotte et al. (Gd/MPL-A vaccine) WO 94/11509 Couto et al. (Humanizing ab) EP 0239400 Winter (Humanizing ab) EP 0290197 Mcaleer et al. (Live heφes vaccine) JP 5309000 latron Lab Inc. (PCR assay for EBV POL) U.S. Patent Application 60/001 ,148; and continuation-in-part application filed on July 11 , 1996 [Serial No. Pending; Attomey Docket 29938-20001.00]: T.M. Rose, M. Bosch, K. Strand & G. Todaro. "DNA Polymerase of gamma heφes vimses associated with Kaposi's Sarcoma and Retroperitoneal Fibromatosis" ζ SEQUENCES SEQ. Designation Description Type Source ID 1 RFHV Glycoprotein B PCR segment dsDNA Figure 1 2 RFHV Glycoprotein B PCR segment Protein Figure 1 3 KSHV Glycoprotein B PCR segment dsDNA Figure 1 4 KSHV Glycoprotein B PCR segment Protein Figure 1 5 sHV1 Glycoprotein B sequence dsDNA GenBank HSVSPOLGBP 6 bHV4 Glycoprotein B sequence dsDNA GenBank BHT4GLYB 7 eHV2 Glycoprotein B sequence dsDNA GenBank EHVU20824 8 mHV68 Glycoprotein B sequence dsDNA GenBank MVU08990 9 hEBV Glycoprotein B sequence dsDNA GenBank EBV 10 hCMV Glycoprotein B sequence dsDNA GenBank HEHCMVGB 11 hHV6 Glycoprotein B sequence dsDNA GenBank HH6GBXA 12 hVZV Glycoprotein B sequence dsDNA GenBank HEVZVXX 13 HSV1 Glycoprotein B sequence dsDNA GenBank HS1GLYB 14 sHV1 Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 15 bHV4 Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 16 eHV2 Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 17 mHV68 Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 18 hEBV Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 19 hCMV Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 20 hHV6 Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 21 hVZV Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 22 HSV1 Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 23 SHVSA8 Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Translation 24-40 TYPE 1 oligonucleotides ssDNA Table 4 (Gamma heroes Glycoprotein B) (IUPAC) 41-47 TYPE 2 oligonucleotide ssDNA Table 6 (RFHV/KSHV subfamily Glycoprotein B) (IUPAC) %l SEQ. Designation Description Type Source ID 48-55 TYPE 3 oligonucleotides - ssDNA Table 7 RFHV specific Glycoprotein B 56-63 TYPE 3 oligonucleotides - ssDNA Table 7 KSHV specific Glycoprotein B 64-66 CLASS I antigen peptides Protein Table 8 (Gamma heφes Glycoprotein B) 67-72 CLASS II antigen peptides Protein Table 8 (RFHV/KSHV subfamily Glycoprotein B) 73-74 CLASS III antigen peptides- Protein Table 8 RFHV specific Glycoprotein B 75-76 CLASS III antigen peptide s- Protein Table 8 KSHV specific Glycoprotein B 77-78 TYPE 1 oligonucleotide ssDNA Table 9 (Gamma heφes Capsid maturation) (lUPAC) 79 TYPE 1 oligonucleotide ssDNA Table 9 (Gamma herpes DNA polymerase) (lUPAC) 80-87 TYPE 3 oligonucleotides - Table 11 KSHV specific Glycoprotein B 88-90 TYPE 3 oligonucleotides - Table 11 KSHV specific DNA Polymerase 91 KSHV DNA sequence comprising encoding regions dsDNA Figure 18 for Capsid Maturation fragment, Glycoprotein B, and DNA polymerase fragment 92 KSHV DNA sequence comprising encoding regions dsDNA -Example 7 for Capsid Maturation fragment and Glycoprotein B (residues 1-3056) 93 KSHV Capsid Maturation sequence Protein Figure 18 94 KSHV Glycoprotein B sequence Protein Figure 18 95 KSHV DNA polymerase sequence Protein Figure 18 96 RFHV2 Glycoprotein B PCR segment dsDNA Figure 22 97 RFHV2 Glycoprotein B PCR segment Protein Figure 22 98 Shared sequence dsDNA -Example 7 99-100 CLASS I antigen peptides otGlycoprotein B Protein Table 8 $7 PARTIAL SEQUENCE LISTING (1) GENERAL INFORMATION: (i) APPLICANT: Rose, Timothy M. Bosch, Marnix Strand, Kurt (ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: GLYCOPROTEIN B OF THE RFHV/KSHV SUBFAMILY OF HERPES VIRUSES (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 40 (iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS: (A) ADDRESSEE: Morrison & Foerster (B) STREET: 755 Page Mill Road (C) CITY: Palo Alto (D) STATE: CA (E) COUNTRY: USA (F) ZIP: 94304-1018 (viii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION: (A) NAME: Schiff. J. Michael (B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 40.253 (C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: 29938-20002.00 (ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION: (A) TELEPHONE: (415) 813-5600 (B) TELEFAX: (415) 494-0792 (C) TELEX: 706141 SEQ ID NO:l: GTGTACAAGA AGAACATCGT GCCGTACATT TTCAAGGTAC GCAGGTACAT AAAAATAGCA 60 ACATCTGTCA CGGTCTACCG CGGTATGACA GAAGCAGCAA TCACAAACAA ATATGAGATC 120 CCCAGGCCCG TGCCTCTCTA CGAGATCAGT CACATGGACA GCACCTACCA GTGCTTTAGT 180 TCCATGAAAA TTGTAGTGAA CGGAGTCGAA AATACGTTCA CCGATCGGGA TGACGTAAAC 240 AAAACCGTAT TTCTCCAGCC CGTCGAAGGT CTAACTGACA ACATACAAAG ATACTTTAGC 300 CAACCAGTAC TGTACTCTGA ACCCGGATGG TTCCCAGGTA TCTACAGGGT TGGGACAACA 360 GTAAACTGTG AGATTGTAGA CATGTT 386 SEQ ID N0:2: Val Tyr Lys Lys Asn He Val Pro Tyr Ile Phe Lys Val Arg Arg Tyr lie Lys He Ala Thr Ser Val Thr Val Tyr Arg Gly Met Thr Glu Ala Ala Ile Thr Asn Lys Tyr Glu Ile Pro Arg Pro Val Pro Leu Tyr Glu Ile Ser His Met Asp Ser Thr Tyr Gin Cys Phe Ser Ser Met Lys He Val Val Asn Gly Val Glu Asn Thr Phe Thr Asp Arg Asp Asp Val Asn Lys Thr Val Phe Leu Gin Pro Val Glu Gly Leu Thr Asp Asn Ile Gin Arg Tyr Phe Ser Gin Pro Val Leu Tyr Ser Glu Pro Gly Trp Phe Pro Gly Ile Tyr Arg Val Gly Thr Thr Val Asn Cys Glu Ile Val Asp Met SEQ ID N0:3: GTGTACAAGA AGAACATCGT GCCGTATATT TTTAAGGTGC GGCGCTATAG GAAAATTGCC 60 ACCTCTGTCA CGGTCTACAG GGGCTTGACA GAGTCCGCCA TCACCAACAA GTATGAACTC 120 CCGAGACCCG TGCCACTCTA TGAGATAAGC CACATGGACA GCACCTATCA GTGCTTTAGT 180 TCCATGAAGG TAAATGTCAA CGGGGTAGAA AACACATTTA CTGACAGAGA CGATGTTAAC 240 ACCACAGTAT TCCTCCAACC AGTAGAGGGG CTTACGGATA ACATTCAAAG GTACTTTAGC 300 CAGCCGGTCA TCTACGCGGA ACCCGGCTGG TTTCCCGGCA TATACAGAGT TAGGACAACA 360 GTCAACTGTG AGATTGTAGA CATGTT 386 SEQ ID N0:4: Val Tyr Lys Lys Asn Ile Val Pro Tyr Ile Phe Lys Val Arg Arg Tyr Arg Lys He Ala Thr Ser Val Thr Val Tyr Arg Gly Leu Thr Glu Ser Ala Ile Thr Asn Lys Tyr Glu Leu Pro Arg Pro Val Pro Leu Tyr Glu Ile Ser His Met Asp Ser Thr Tyr Gin Cys Phe Ser Ser Met Lys Val Asn Val Asn Gly Val Glu Asn Thr Phe Thr Asp Arg Asp Asp Val Asn Thr Thr Val Phe Leu Gin Pro Val Glu Gly Leu Thr Asp Asn Ile Gin Arg Tyr Phe Ser Gin Pro Val He Tyr Ala Glu Pro Gly Trp Phe Pro Gly Ile Tyr Arg Val Arg Thr Thr Val Asn Cys Glu Ile Val Asp Met SEQ ID N0:5: ATGGTACCTA ATAAACACTT ACTGCTTATA ATTTTGTCGT TTTCTACTGC ATGTGGACAA 60 ACGACACCTA CTACACCTGT TGAAAAAAAT AAAACTCAAG CTATATACCA AGAGTATTTC 120 AAATATCGTG TATGTAGTGC ATCAACTACT GGAGAATTGT ΠAGATTTGA TTTAGACAGA 180 ACTΓGTCCAA GTACTGAAGA CAAAGTΓCAT AAGGAAGGCA TTCTΓTTAGT GTACAAAAAA 240 AATATAGTTC CATATATCH TAAAGTCAGA AGATACAAAA AAATCACAAC ATCAGTCCGT 300 ATTTTTAATG GCTGGACTAG AGAAGGTGTT GCTAΠACAA ACAAATGGGA ACTTTCTAGA 360 GCTGTTCCAA AATATGAGAT AGATATT ATG GATAAGACH ACCAATGTCA TAATTGCATG 420 CAGATAGAAG TAAACGGAAT GTTAAATTCT TACTATGACA GAGATGGAAA TAACAAAACT 480 GTAGACπAA AGCCTGTAGA TGGTCTAACG GGTGCAAπA CAAGATACAT TAGCCAACCT 540 AAAGTTTTTG CTGATCCTGG CTGGCTATGG GGAACTTACA GGACTCGAAC TACCGTTAAC 600 TGTGAAATTG TAGACATGTT TGCTAGGTCT GCTGACCCTT ACACATACTT TGTGACTGCG 660 CTTGGCGACA CAGTAGAAGT GTCTCCTTTC TGTGATGTAG ATAATTCATG CCCAAATGCA 720 ACTGACGTGT TGTCAGTACA AATAGACTTA AATCACACTG TTGTTGACTA TGGAAATAGA 780 GCTACATCAC AGCAGCATAA AAAAAGAATA TTTGCTCATA CTTTAGAπA TrCTGTTTCT 840 TGGGAAGCTG TAAACAAATC CGCGTCAGTA TGCTCAATGG 11111IUGAA GAGTTTTCAA 900 CGAGCTATCC AAACTGAACA TGACTTAACT TATCATTTCA TTGCTAATGA AATAACAGCA 960 GGAπCTCTA CAGTGAAAGA ACCCTTAGCA AATTTTACAA GTGATTACAA TTGTCπATG 1020 ACTCATATCA ACACTACTTT AGAGGATAAG ATAGCAAGAG TCAACAATAC TCACACTCCA 1080 AATGGTACAG CAGAATATTA TCAAACAGAA GGTGGAATGA TTTTAGTGTG GCAGCCATTA 1140 ATAGCAATAG AAπAGAAGA AGCAATGTTG GAAGCAACTA CATCTCCAGT AACTCCTAGT 1200 GCACCAACTA GCTCATCTAG AAGTAAGCGA GCAATAAGAA GCATAAGAGA TGTGAGTGCA 1260 GGTTCAGAAA ATAATGTGπ TCTATCACAA ATACAATATG CATATGATAA GCTACGTCAA 1320 AGTATCAACA ACGTGCTAGA AGAGTTAGCT ATAACATGGT GTAGAGAACA AGTGAGACAA 1380 ACAATGGTGT GGTATGAGAT AGCAAAAATT AATCCAACAA GTGTTATGAC AGCAATATAT 1440 GGAAAACCTG TCTCTCGTAA AGCTTTAGGA GATGTAATCT CTGTTACAGA ATGTATAAAT 1500 GTTGACCAAT CTAGTGTGAG CATACACAAG AGTCTTAAAA CAGAAAATAA TGACATATGC 1560 TATTCACGGC CTCCAGTTAC ATTTAAATTT GTTAACAGTA GTCAGCTGπ TAAAGGACAG 1620 TTAGGGGCTA GAAATGAAAT TCTTCTGTCA GAAAGTCTTG TAGAAAATTG CCACCAAAAT 1680 GCAGAGACπ TTTTTACAGC TAAAAATGAA ACπACCACT πAAAAAπA TGTGCATGTA 1740 GAAACTTTGC CAGTGAATAA CATTTCAACT πAGACACπ TTTTAGCTCT TAACCTAACT 1800 TTCATAGAAA ATATTGACTT TAAAGCTGTT GAATTGTAπ CAAGTGGAGA 6AGAAAGTTA 1860 GCAAACGTGT TTGATTTAGA GACTATGTTT AGAGAATATA ACTATTACGC TCAGAGTATA 1920 TCTGGCπAA GAAAAGATΓT TGATAACTCT CAAAGAAACA ACAGAGACAG AATCATΓCAA 1980 GATTΠTCAG AAATTCTAGC AGACTTAGGC TCTATCGGCA AAGTTATTGT TAATGTGGCA 2040 AGCGGCGCAT TΠCTCTΠT TGGAGGTATT GTAACAGGCA TATTAAATTT TATTAAAAAT 2100 CCTΓTAGGTG GCATGTTCAC ATTTCTAπA ATAGGAGCAG πATAATCπ AGTAATTCTA 2160 CTAGTACGGC GCACAAATAA TATGTCTCAA GCTCCAATTA GAATGATTTA CCCAGATGTT 2220 GAGAAATCTA AATCTACTGT GACGCCTATG GAGCCTGAAA CAATTAAACA TTTTGCπ 2280 GGAATGCATA ACATGCAGCA AGAAGCATAT AAGAAAAAAG AAGAACAAAG AGCTGCTAGA 2340 CCGTCTATTT πAGACAAGC TGCTGAGACA TTTTTGCGTA AGCGATCTGG TTACAAACAG 2400 ATTTCAACCG AAGACAAAAT AGTAT 2425 SEQ ID N0:6 : ATGTAπATA AGACTATCπ ATTCTTCGCT CTAATTAAGG TATGCAGTTT CAACCAGACC 60 ACTACACACT CAACCACAAC CTCACCAAGT ATTTCATCAA CCACCTCTTC CACAACAACA 120 TCAACAAGCA AGCCATCAAA CACAACCTCA ACAAATAGTT CAπAGCTGC CTCTCCCCAG 180 AACACGTCAA CAAGCAAGCC ATCCACTGAT AATCAGGGTA CCAGTACCCC CACTATTCCA 240 ACTGTTACTG ATGACACAGC CAGTAAAAAT TTTTATAAAT ACAGAGTATG CAGTGCATCA 300 TCTTCCTCTG GAGAACTATT CAGATTTGAC CTTGATCAGA CATGTCCAGA TACAAAAGAT 360 AAAAAACATG TGGAAGGCAT CCTGCTGGTA CTAAAAAAGA ATATTGTCCC ATACATCTTC 420 AAAGTGAGGA AATATAGAAA AATTGCCACC TCAGTGACAG TTTACAGAGG GTGGTCCCAG 480 GCAGCTGTTA CCAATAGGGA TGATATCAGC AGAGCCATAC CCTATAATGA AATTTCAATG 540 ATAGATAGGA CCTATCATTG TTTCTCTGCT ATGGCAACAG TCAπAATGG GATTCTGAAC 600 ACCTATATAG ACAGGGATTC TGAAAATAAG TCTGTTCCCC TCCAGCCAGT GGCCGGACTG 660 ACTGAGAACA TAAACAGATA CTTTA-iTCAA CCTCTCATAT ATGCAGAACC TGGCTGGTTT 720 CCAGGGATTT ATAGAGTGAG AACAACTGTT AATTGTGAGG TTGTTGACAT GTATGCCCGC 780 TCTGTQGAAC CATATACTCA CTTTATTACA GCTCTGGGGG ACACTATTGA AATCTCCCCA 840 TTCTCTCACA ACAATTCTCA ATGCACCACT GGTAAπCCA CCTCAAGGGA TGCCACAAAG 900 GTATGGATAG AAGAAAATCA CCAAACTGTT GACTATGAAA GACGGGGGCA TCCCACTAAA 960 ^ GATAAAAGAA TCTTTCTAAA AGATGAGGAA TATACCATCT CCTGGAAAGC AGAAGATAGA 1020 GAGAGAGCTA TTTGTGATTT TGTGATATGG AAAACCTTTC CCAGGGCCAT ACAAACAATC 1080 CATAATGAGA GC TTCACπ TGTGGCAAAT GAAGTCACAG CCAGCT ΠT AACATCCAAC 1140 CAAGAAGAAA CGGAGCTACG TGGAAATACC GAGATATTGA ATTGCATGAA TAGTACCATA 1200 AATGAAACTC TAGAAGAGAC AGTCAAAAAA TTTAACAAAT CCCATATCAG AGATGGGGAG 1260 GTAAAGTACT ATAAAACAAA TGGGGGACTA TTCCTTATCT GGCAGGCAAT GAAACCCCTT 1320 AATCTGTCAG AACACACAAA CTACACTAπ GAAAGGAATA ACAAGACTGG AAATAAATCA 1380 AGACAAAAAA GGTCTGTAGA TACAAAGACC TTCCAAGGCG CCAAGGGCCT GTCCACTGCC 1440 CAGGTTCAAT ATGCCTATGA CCATTTAAGA ACAAGCATGA ATCACATCCT AGAGGAATTA 1500 ACCAAAACAT GGTGCCGGGA ACAAAAAAAG GACAATCTAA TGTGGTATGA GCTGAGTAAA 1560 ATTAACCCAG TGAGTGTCAT GGCAGCCATT TATGGGAAAC CTGTGGCAGT GAAAGCCATG 1620 GGAGATGCAT TCATGGTTTC TGAGTGCATC AATGTTGACC AGGCAAGTGT CAATATCCAT 1680 AAAAGTATGA GAACGGATGA TCCCAAGGTA TGTTACTCCA GACCCCTGGT CACATΓTAAA 1740 TTTGTGAATA GTACTGCCAC CTTCAGGGGT CAGCTTGGAA CAAGGAATGA AATCTTGCTC 1800 ACAAACACAC ACGTGGAAAC TTGTAGACCA ACAGCAGATC AΠATTTTTT TGTAAAGAAC 1860 ATGACACACT ATTTTAAGGA CTATAAATTT GTGAAGACAA TGGATACCAA TAACATATCC 1920 ACCCTGGATA CATΠTTAAC TCTCAATTTA ACTTTTATAG ACAATATAGA TTTCAAGACA 1980 GTGGAACTTT ACAGTGAGAC TGAAAGAAAG ATGGCCAGTG CCCTCGACCT GGAGACGATG 2040 TTTAGAGAGT ATAATTACTA CACACAGAAG CTTGCAAGTC TGAGAGAAGA TCTAGACAAC 2100 ACCATTGACC TGAACAGGGA CAGACTAGTT AAAGATCTCT CTGAAATGAT GGCAGACCTT 2160 GGAGACATTG GAAAAGTGGT GGTCAACACA TTCAGTGGCA TTGTCACTGT TTTTGGGTCT 2220 ATAGTTGGTG GATTTGTCAG 1 1 1 1 1 ILACA AACCCCATTG GGGGCGTGAC GATCATCCTC 2280 CTTCTCATAG I H-I -I I I I TGTTGTTTTT ATAGTCTCCA GGAGAACCAA TAACATGAAC 2340 GAGGCCCCCA TAAAAATGAT CTATCCAAAC ATTGACAAAG CCTCTGAGCA GGAGAACATT 2400 CAGCCCCTAC CCGGAGAGGA GATTAAGCGC ATCCTCCTTG GAATGCACCA GCTCCAGCAA 2460 AGTGAGCACG GCAAATCTGA GGAAGAGGCT AGCCATAAAC CAGGGTTGTT CCAACTATTG 2520 GGGGATGGCC TACAATTGCT GCGCAGGCGC GGGTATACTA GGTTACCAAC TTTTGACCCC 2580 AGTCCAGGCA ATGACACATC TGAGACACAC CAAAAATATG TTT 2623 SEQ ID N0:7: ATGGGGGTCG GGGGCGGGCC TCGCGTCGTC CTCTGTCTAT GGTGCGTCGC TGCGCHCTC 60 TGCCAGGGGG TGGCGCAAGA AGTTGTGGCT GAAACGACCA CCCCGTTCGC AACCCACAGA 120 CCAGAAGTGG TGGCCGAGGA GAACCCGGCC AACCCCTTTC TGCCGTTCAG GGTATGCGGG 180 GCCTCGCCTA CGGGCGGAGA GATATTCAGG πCCCCCTGG AGGAGAGCTG CCCCAACACG 240 GAAGACAAGG ACCACATAGA GGGCATAGCT CTCATCTACA AGACCAACAT AGTGCCTTAT 300 GTTTΓTAATG TCAGAAAGTA TAGGAAGATC ATGACCTCGA CCACCATCTA CAAGGGTTGG 360 AGCGAGGATG CCATAACAAA CCAGCACACG AGGAGCTACG CCGTCCCCCT GTACGAGGTC 420 CAGATGATGG ACCACTAπA TCAGTGCTTT AGCGCCGTAC AGGTCAACGA GGGGGGGCAC 480 GTCAACACCT ACTATGACAG GGACGGGTGG AACGAGACCG CCTTCCTCAA ACCGGCCGAT 540 GGTCTCACCT CTAGCATAAC GCGCTATCAG AGTCAACCAG AGGTGTACGC CACCCCCAGA 600 AACCTGTTGT GGTCTTACAC AACAAGAACC ACAGTCAACT GCGAGGTGAC AGAGATGTCT 660 GCGAGATCCA TGAAACCATT TGAGTTCTTT GTGACGTCTG TTGGTGACAC TATAGAGATG 720 TCGCCCTTTT TAAAAGAAAA TGGCACAGAG CCAGAGAAAA TCTTGAAAAG ACCACACTCT 780 ATTCAACTGC TGAAAAACTA TGCTGTCACA AAGTACGGTG TGGGGTTGGG GCAGGCTGAT 840 AACGCTACCA GAπCTTTGC AATATTTGGG GACTAHCCC TGTCTTGGAA AGCCACCACT 900 GAAAACAGCT C / GTGA TTTAATTTTA TGGAAGGGGT TTTCCAATGC CATTCAAACT 960 CAACACAATA GCAGTCTCCA TπTATTGCC AATGATATAA CAGCCTCCTT CTCTACTCCT 1020 πAGAAGAAG AGGCTAATTT TAACGAGACA TTTAAGTGTA TATGGAACAA CACCCAAGAA 1080 GAAATTCAAA AAAA-iTTAAA AGAGGTTGAA AAAA CACA GACCTAACGG TACTGCGAAG 1140 GTCTATAAAA CAACAGGCAA TCTGTACAπ GTTTGGCAAC CGCTTATACA GATAGACCTG 1200 CTAGATACTC ATGCCAAGCT GTACAATCTC ACAAACGCTA CAGCTTCACC TACATCAACA 1260 CCCACAACAT CTCCCAGGAG AAGACGCAGG GATACHCAA GTGTTAGTGG CGGTGGAAAT 1320 AATGGAGACA ACTCAACTAA GGAAGAGAGT GTGGCGGCCT CCCAGGTTCA GTTTGCCTAT 1380 GACAATCTCA GAAAGAGCAT CAACAGGGTG TTGGGAGAGC TGTCCAGGGC ATGGTGCAGG 1440 GAACAGTACA GGGCCTCGCT CATGTGGTAC GAGCTGAGCA AGATCAACCC CACCAGCGTC 1500 ATGAGCGCCA TCTATGGCAG GCCAGTGTCT GCCAAGTTGA TAGGGGACGT GGTGTCAGTG 1560 TCAGATTGTA TCAGTGTTGA CCAAAAGAGC GTGTTTGTGC ACAAAAATAT GAAGGTGCCT 1620 GGCAAAGAAG ACCTGTGTTA CACCAGGCCT GTGGTGGGCT TCAAGTTTAT CAATGGGAGC 1680 GAACTGTTTG CTGGCCAGCT GGGTCCCAGG AACGAGATTG TGCTGTCCAC CTCTCAGGTG 1740 GAGGTCTGCC AGCACAGCTG CGAGCACTAC TTCCAGGCCG GGAACCAGAT GTACAAGTAC 1800 AAGGACTACT ACTATGTCAG TACCCTCAAC CTGACTGACA TACCCACCCT ACACACCATG 1860 ATTACCCTGA ACCTGTCTCT GGTAGAGAAT ATAGATTTTA AGGTGATTGA GCTCTATTCT 1920 AAAACAGAGA AAAGGCTGTC OkACGTGTTT GACATCGAGA CCATGTTCAG GGAGTACAAC 1980 10 TACTACACTC AGAACCTCAA CGGGCTGAGG AAGGACCTGG ATGACAGCAT AGATCATGGC 2040 AGGGACAGCT TCATCCAGAC CCTGGGTGAC ATCATGCAGG ACCTGGGCAC CATAGGCAAG 2100 GTGGTGGTCA ATGTGGCCAG CGGAGTGTTC TCCCTCTTTG GGAGCATAGT CTCGGGGGTG 2160 ATAAGCTTTT TCAAAAATCC CTTTGGGGGC ATGCTGCTCA TAGTCCTCAT CATAGCCGGG 2220 GTAGTGGTGG TGTACCTGTT TATGACCAGG TCCAGGAGCA TATACTCTGC CCCCATTAGA 2280 ATGCTCTACC CCGGGGTGGA GAGGGCGGCC CAGGAGCCGG GCGCGCACCC GGTGTCAGAA 2340 GACCAAATCA GGAACATCCT GATGGGAATG CACCAATTTC AGCAGCGGCA GCGGGCGGAA 2400 GAGGAGGCCC GACGAGAGGA AGAAGTAAAA GGAAAAAGAA CTCTCTTTGA AGTGATAAGA 2460 GACTCTGCGA CCAGCGTTCT GAGGAGGAGA AGAGGGGGTG GTGGGTACCA GCGCCTACAG 2520 CGAGACGGGA GCGACGATGA GGGGGATTAT GAGCCATTGA GGCGACAAGA TGGAGGCTAC 2580 GACGACGTGG ACGTGGAGGC AGGCACGGCG GATACCGGTG TGTAA 2625 SEQ ID N0:8: ATGTACCCTA CAGTGAAAAG TATGAGAGTC GCCCACCTAA CCAATCTCCT AACCCTTCTG 60 TGTCTGCTGT GCCACACGCA TCTCTACGTA TGTCAGCCAA CCACTCTGAG GCAGCCATCA 120 GACATGACCC CAGCCCAGGA CGCTCCAACA GAGACTCCCC CACCCCTCTC AACTAACACT 180 AACAGAGGAT TTGAGTACTT TCGCGTGTGT GGGGTCGCTG CCACGGGGGA GACCTTCAGG 240 TTTGATTTAG ACAAAACATG CCCCAGTACA CAAGATAAGA AGCATGTGGA GGGCATCTTG 300 CTCGTGTATA AGATCAACAT CGTGCCCTAC ATCTTCAAAA TCAGGAGATA TAGAAAAATA 360 ATTACTCAAC TGACCATCTG GCGAGGCCTA ACCACTAGTT CAGTCACTGG TAAATTTGAA 420 ATGGCCACTC AGGCCCACGA GTGGGAAGTG GGCGACTTTG ACAGCATCTA TCAGTGCTAC 480 AATAGCGCCA CCATGGTGGT AAACAACGTC AGACAGGTGT ATGTGGACAG AGATGGGGTC 540 AATAAAACTG TGAACATACG CCCTGTTGAT GGTCTAACAG GGAATATCCA AAGATACTTT 600 AGTCAGCCCA CCCTTTAπC AGAACCTGGT TGGATGCCTG GCTTTTATCG TGTTCGAACC 660 ACCGTTAACT GTGAAATTGT AGACATGGTG GCACGCTCCA TGGATCCCTA TAACTACATC 720 GCTACCGCCC TGGGAGACAG CCTGGAGCTC TCCCCGTTTC AAACCTTTGA CAACACCAGC 780 CAGTGTACTG CGCCTAAGAG AGCTGATATG AGGGTCAGGG AGGTCAAGAA πACAAGTTT 840 GTAGATTATA ATAACAGGGG AACTGCCCCC GCTGGACAAA GCAGGACCπ TCTAGAGACT 900 CCCTCTGCCA CTTACTCCTG GAAAACAGCC ACCAGACAAA CTGCCACGTG CGACCTGGTG 960 CACTGGAAAA CATTCCCTCG CGCCATCCAA ACTGCTCATG AACATAGCTA CCATTTTGTG 1020 GCCAATGAAG TCACCGCCAC CTTCAATACA CCCCTGACTG AGGTAGAAAA TTTCACCAGC 1080 ACGTATAGCT GCGTCAGTGA CCAGATCAAT AAGACCATCT CTGAATATAT CCAAAAGTTG 1140 AACAACTCCT ACGTGGCCAG TGGGAAAACA CAGTATTTCA AGACTGATGG TAACCTGTAC 1200 CTCATCTGGC AACCACTCGA ACATCCAGAG ATTGAAGACA TAGACGAGGA CAGCGACCCA 1260 GAACCAACCC CCGCCCCACC AAAGTCCACA AGGAGAAAAA GAGAGGCAGC TGACAATGGA 1320 AACTCAACAT CTGAGGTCTC AAAGGGCTCA GAAAATCCGC TCATTACGGC CCAAATTCAA 1380 TTTGCCTATG ACAAGCTGAC CACCAGCGTC AACAACGTGC TTGAGGAGπ GTCCAGGGCG 1440 TGGTGTAGAG AACAGGTCAG AGACACC C ATGTGGTATG AGCTTAGCAA GGTCAACCCT 1500 ACGAGTGTGA TGTCTGCCAT TTATGGAAAG CCTGTCGCTG CCAGGTACGT GGGCGACGCC 1560 ATATCTGTGA CAGACTGTAT CTATGTGGAC CAAAGTTCAG TCAACATCCA CCAGAGCTTG 1620 CGGCTGCAGC ATGATAAAAC CACCTGCTAC TCGAGACCTA GAGTCACCTT CAAATTTATA 1680 AACAGTACAG ACCCGCTAAC TGGCCAGTTG GGTCCTAGAA AAGAAATTAT CCTCTCCAAC 1740 ACAAACATAG AAACATGCAA GGATGAGAGT GAACACTACT TCATTGTGGG GGAATACATT 1800 TACTATTATA AAAATTACAT TTTTGAAGAA AAGCTAAACC TCTCAAGCAT CGCTACCCTA 1860 GACACATTTA TAGCCCTCAA TATCTCATΓT ATTGAAAATA TCGACπCAA AACAGTAGAA 1920 CTGTACTCCT CTACTGAAAG GAAACTCGCA TCGAGCGTCT TTGATATAGA ATCCATGTTT 1980 AGGGAATATA ACTATTACAC CTACAGCCTC GCGGGCATTA AGAAGGACCT AGACAACACC 2040 ATCGACTACA ATAGAGACAG ACTGGTTCAG GACCTGTCAG ACATGATGGC TGATCTGGGA 2100 GACATTGGAA GATCTGTGGT GAATGTGGTC AGCTCGGTAG TCACATTTπ CAGTAGTATT 2160 GTGACAGGGT TCAπAAAπ CTTTACCAAC CCTCTAGGGG GAATATTCAT TCTCCTAAπ 2220 ATTGGTGGAA TAATCTTOT GGTGGTAGTC CTAAATAGAA GAAACTCACA GTTTCACGAT 2280 GCACCCATCA AAATGCTGTA CCCTTCTGπ GAAAACTACG CTGCCAGACA GGCGCCACCT 2340 CCCTATAGCG CATCACCTCC AGCTATAGAC AAAGAGGAAA TTAAGCGCAT ACTTTTGGGC 2400 ATGCATCAGG TACACCAGGA AGAAAAGGAA GCACAGAAAC AACTAACCAA CTCTGGCCCT 2460 ACTTTGTGGC AGAAAGCCAC AGGATTCCπ AGAAATCGCC GGAAGGGATA CAGCCAACπ 2520 CCTCTGGAAG ATGAATCAAC TTCCCTCT 2548 SEQ ID N0:9: ATGACTCGGC (-TAGGGTGCT AAGCGTGGTC GTGCTGCTAG CCGCCCTGGC GTGCCGTCTC 60 GGTGCGCAGA CCCCAGAGCA GCCCGCACCC CCCGCCACCA CGGTGCAGCC TACCGCCACG 120 CGTCAGCAAA CCAGCTTTCC TTTCCGAGTC TGCGAGCTCT CCAGCCACGG CGACCTGTTC 180 CGCTTCTCCT CGGACATCCA GTGTCCCTCG TTTGGCACGC GGGAGAATCA CACGGAGGGC 240 CTGfTTGATGG TGTTTAAAGA CAACAπAπ CCCTACTCGT TTAAGGTCCG CTCCTACACC 300 <? / AAGATAGTGA CCAACATTCT CATCTACAAT GGCTGGTACG CGGACTCCGT GACCAACCGG 360 CACGAGGAGA AGTTCTCCGT TGACAGCTAC GAAACTGACC AGATGGATAC CATCTACCAG 420 TGCTACAACG CGGTCAAGAT GACAAAAGAT GGGCTGACGC GCGTGTATGT AGACCGCGAC 480 GGAGπAACA TCACCGTCAA CCTAAAGCCC ACCGGGGGCC TGGCCAACGG GGTGCGCCGC 540 TACGCCAGCC AGACGGAGCT CTATGACGCC CCCGGGTGGT TGATATGGAC TTACAGAACA 600 AGAACTACCG TCAACTGCCT GATAACTGAC ATGATGGCCA AGTCCAACAG CCCCTTCGAC 660 πCTTTGTGA CCACCACCGG GCAGACTGTG GAAATGTCCC CTTTCTATGA CGQGAAAAAT 720 AAGGAAACCT TCCATGAGCG GGCAGACTCC TTCCACGTGA GAACTAACTA CAAGATAGTG 780 GACTACGACA ACCGAGGGAC GAACCCGCAA GGCGAACGCC GAGCCTTCCT GGACAAGGGC 840 ACTTACACGC TATCTTGGAA GCTCGAGAAC AGGACAGCCT ACTGCCCGCT TCAACACTGG 900 CAAACCTTTG ACTCGACCAT CGCCACAGAA ACAGGGAAGT CAATACATTT TGTGACTGAC 960 GAGGGCACCT CTAGCTTCGT GACCAACACA ACCGTGGGCA TAGAGCTCCC GGACGCCTTC 1020 AAGTGCATCG AAGAGCAGGT GAACAAGACC ATGCATGAGA AGTACGAGGC CGTCCAGGAT 1080 CGTTACACGA AGGGCCAGGA AGCCAπACA TATTTTATAA CGAGCGGAGG ATT(-TTATTA 1140 GCTTGGCTAC CTCTGACCCC GCGCTCGTTG GCCACCGTCA AGAACCTGAC GGAGCTTACC 1200 ACTCCGACπ CCTCACCCCC CAGCAGTCCA TCGCCCCCAG CCCCATCCGC GGCCCGCGGG 1260 AGCACCCCCG CCGCCGTTCT GAGGCGTCGG AGGCGGGATG CGGGGAACGC CACCACACCG 1320 GTGCCCCCCA CGGCCCCCGG GAAGTCCCTG GGCACCCTCA ACAATCCCGC CACCGTCCAG 1380 ATCCAATTTG CCTACGACTC CCTGCGCCGC CAGATCAACC GCATGCTGGG AGACCTTGCG 1440 CGGGCCTGGT GCCTGGAGCA GAAGAGGCAG AACATGGTGC TGAGAGAACT AACCAAGATT 1500 AATCCAACCA CCGTCATGTC CAGCATCTAC GGTAAGGCGG TGGCGGCCAA GCGCCTGGGG 1560 GATGTCATCT CAGTCTCCCA GTGCGTGCCC GTTAACCAGG CCACCGTCAC CCTGCGCAAG 1620 AGCATGAGGG TCCCTGGCTC CGAGACCATG TGCTACTCGC GCCCCCTGGT GTCCTTCAGC 1680 TTTATCAACG ACACCAAGAC CTACGAGGGA CAGCTGGGCA CCGACAACGA GATCTTCCTC 1740 ACAAAAAAGA TGACGGAGGT GTGCCAGGCG ACCAGCCAGT ACTACTTCCA GTCCGGCAAC 1800 GAGATCCACG TCTACAACGA CTACCACCAC TTTAAAACCA TCGAGCTGGA CGGCATTGCC 1860 ACCCTGCAGA CCTTCATCTC ACTAAACACC TCCCTCATCG AGAACATTGA CTTTGCCTCC 1920 CTGGAGCTGT ACTCACGGGA CGAACAGCGT GCCTCCAACG TCTTTGACCT GGAGGGCATC 1980 TTCCGGGAGT ACAACTTCCA GGCGCAAAAC ATCGCCGGCC TGCGGAAGGA TTTGGACAAT 2040 GCAGTGTCAA ACGGAAGAAA TCAATTCGTG GACGGCCTGG GGGAACTTAT GGACAGTCTG 2100 GGTAGCGTGG GTCAGTCCAT CACCAACCTA GTCAGCACGG TGGGGGGTTT GΠTAGCAGC 2160 CTOΠCTCTG G TTCATCTC CTTCΓTCAAA AACCCCTTCG GCGGCATGCT CATTCTGGTC 2220 CTGGTGGCGG GGGTGGTGAT CCTGGTTATT TCCCTCACGA GGCGCACGCG CCAGATGTCG 2280 CAGCAGCCGG TGCAGATGCT CTACCCCGGG ATCGACGAGC TCGCTCAGCA ACATGCCTCT 2340 GGTGAGGGTC CAGGCATTAA TCCCATTAGT AAGACAGAAT TACAAGCCAT CATGTTAGCG 2400 CTGCATGAGC AAAACCAGGA GCAAAAGAGA GCAGCTCAGA GGGCGGCCGG ACCCTCAGTG 2460 GCCAGCAGAG CATTGCAGGC AGCCAGGGAC CGTTTTCCAG GCCTACGCAG AAGACGCTAT 2520 CACGATCCAG AGACCGCCGC CGCACTGCTT GGGGAGGCAG AGACTGAGTT π 2572 SEQ ID NO: 10: ATGGAATCCA GGATCTGGTG CCTGGTAGTC TGCGTTAACC TGTGTATCGT CTGTCTGGGT 60 GCTGCGGTTT CCTCTTCTAG TACTTCCCAT GCAACTTCπ CTACTCACAA TGGAAGCCAT 120 ACTTCTCGTA CGACGTCTGC TCAAACCCGG TCAGTCTAπ CTCAACACGT AACGTCTTCT 180 GAAGCCGTCA GTCATAGAGC CAACGAGACT ATCTACAACA CTACCCTCAA GTACGGAGAT 240 GTGGTGGGAG TCAACACTAC CAAGTACCCC TATCGCGTGT GTTCTATGGC CCAGGGTACG 300 GATCTTATTC GCTTTGAACG TAATATCATC TGCACCTCGA TGAAGCCTAT CAATGAAGAC 360 TTGGATGAGG GCATCATGGT GGTCTACAAG CGCAACATCG TGGCGCACAC CTTTAAGGTA 420 CGGGTCTACC AAAAGGTTTT GACGTTTCGT CGTAGCTACG CTTACATCTA CACCACTTAT 480 CTGCTGGGCA GCAATACGGA ATACGTGGCG CCTCCTATGT GGGAGATTCA TCACATCAAC 540 AAGTTTGCTC AATGCTACAG TTCCTACAGC CGCGTTATAG GAGGCACGGT TTTCGTGGCA 600 TATCATAGGG ACAGTTATGA AAACAAAACC ATGCAATTAA TTCCCGACGA TTATTCCAAC 660 ACCCACAGTA CCCGTTACGT GACGGTCAAG GATCAGTGGC ACAGCCGCGG CAGCACCTGG 720 CTCTATCGTG AGACCTGTAA TCTGAACTGT ATGCTGACCA TCACTACTGC GCGCTCCAAG 780 TATCCTTATC Al l 1 1 I I IGC AACTTCCACG GGTGATGTGG TrTACATTTC TCCTTT AC 840 AACGGAACCA ATCGCAATGC CAGCTACTTT GGAGAAAACG CCGACAAGTT TTTCATTTTC 900 CCGAACTACA CCATCGTTTC CGACTTTGGA AGACCCAACG CTGCGCCAGA AACCCATAGG 960 TTGGfTGGCπ TTCTCGAACG TGCCGACTCG GTGATCTCπ GGGATATACA GGACGAGAAG 1020 AATGTCACCT GCCAGCTCAC CTTCTGGGAA GCCTCGGAAC GTACTATCCG TTCCGAAGCC 1080 GAAGACTCGT ACCACTTTTC TTCTGCCAAA ATGACTGCAA CTTTTCTGTC TAAGAAACAA 1140 GAAGTGAACA TGTCCGACTC CGCGCTGGAC TGCGTACGTG ATGAGGCTAT AAATAAGTTA 1200 CAGCAGATTT TCAATACTTC ATACAATCAA ACATATGAAA AATACGGAAA CGTGTCCGTC 1260 πCGAAACCA GCGGCGGTCT GGTGGTGTTC TGGCAAGGCA TCAAGCAAAA ATCTTTGGTG 1320 GAATTGGAAC GTTTGGCCAA TCGATCCAGT CTGAATATCA CTCATAGGAC CAGAAGAAGT 1380 λ ACGAGTGACA ATAATACAAC TCATTTGTCC AGCATGGAAT CGGTGCACAA TCTGGTCTAC 1440 GCCCAGCTGC AGTTCACCTA TGACACGTTG CGCGGTTACA TCAACCGGGC GCTGGCGCAA 1500 ATCGCAGAAG CCTGGTGTGT GGATCAACGG CGCACCCTAG AGGTt TCAA GGAACTCAGC 1560 AAGATCAACC CGTCAGCCAT TCTCTCGGCC ATTTACAACA AACCGATTGC CGCGCGTTTC 1620 ATGGGTGATG TCTTGGGCCT GGCCAGCTGC GTGACCATCA ACCAAACCAG CGTCAAGGTG 1680 CTGCGTGATA TGAACGTGAA GGAATCGCCA GGACGCTGCT ACTCACGACC CGTGGTCATC 1740 TTTAATTTCG CCAACAGCTC GTACGTGCAG TACGGTCAAC TGGGCGAGGA CAACGAAATC 1800 CTGTTGGGCA ACCACCGCAC TGAGGAATGT CAGCTTCCCA GCCTCAAGAT CTTCATCGCC 1860 GGGAATTCGG CCTACGAGTA CGTGGACTAC CTCTTCAAAC GCATGATTGA CCTCAGCAGT 1920 ATCTCCACCG TCGACAGCAT GATCGCCCTG GATATCGACC CGCTGGAAAA TACCGACTTC 1980 AGGGTACTGG AACTTTACTC GCAGAAAGAfi CTGCGTTCCA GCAACGTTTT TGACCTCGAA 2040 GAGATCATGC GCGAAπCAA CTCGTACAAG CAGCGGGTAA AGTACGTGGA GGACAAGGTA 2100 GTCGACCCGC TACCGCCCTA CCTCAAGGGT CTGGACGACC TCATGAGCGG CCTGGGCGCC 2160 GCGGGAAAGG CCGTTGGCGT AGCCATTGGG GCCGTGGGTG GCGCGGTGGC CTCCGTGGTC 2220 GAAGGCGTTG CCACCTTCCT CAAAAACCCC TTCGGAGCCT TCACCATCAT CCTCGTGGCC 2280 ATAGCCGTAG TCATTATCAC πATTTGATC TATACTCGAC AGCGGCGTCT GTGCACGCAG 2340 CCGCTGCAGA ACCTCTTTCC CTATCTGGTG TCCGCCGACG GGACCACCGT GACGTCGGGC 2400 AGCACCAAAG ACACGTCGTT ACAGGCTCCG CCTTCCTACG AGGAAAGTGT TTATAATTCT 2460 GGTCGCAAAG GACCGGGACC ACCGTCGTCT GATGCATCCA CGGCGGCTCC GCCTTACACC 2520 AACGAGCAGG CTTACCAGAT GCπCTGGCC CTGGCCCGTC TGGACGCAGA GCAGCGAGCG 2580 CAGCAGAACG GTACAGATTC TTTGGACGGA CAGACTGGCA CGCAGGACAA GGGACAGAAG 2640 CCTAACCTGC TAGACCGGCT GCGACATCGC AAAAACGGCT ACAGACACTT GAAAGACTCC 2700 GACGAAGAAG AGAACGTCTG AA 2722 SEQ ID NO: 11 : ATGAGCAAGA TGAGAGTATT ATTCCTGGCT GTCTTTTTGA TGAATAGTGT TTTAATGATA 60 TATTGCGATT CGGATGATTA TATCAGAGCG GGCTATAATC ACAAATATCC TTTTCGGAπ 120 TGTTCGATTG CCAAAGGCAC TGATTTGATG CGGTTCGACA GAGATATTTC GTGTTCGCCA 180 TATAAGTCTA ATGCAAAGAT GTCGGAGGGT TTTTTCATCA TTTACAAAAC AAATATCGAG 240 ACCTACACπ TTCCAGTGAG AACATATAAA AACGAGCTGA CGTTCCAAAC CAGTTACCGT 300 GATGTGGGTG TGGTTTATTT TCTGGATCGG ACGGTGATGG GTTTGGCCAT GCCGGTGTAC 360 GAAGCAAAπ TAGTTAATTC TCGTGCGCAG TGTTATTCAG CCGTAGCGAT AAAACGACCC 420 GATGGTACGG TGTTTAGTGC CTATCATGAG GATAATAATA AAAACGAAAC TCTAGAAπA 480 TTTCCTCTGA ATTTCAAGTC TGTTACTAAT AAAAGATTTA TCACTACGAA AGAACCCTAC 540 TTTGCAAGGG GTCCTTTGTG GCTCTATTCT ACATCGACGT CTCTCAATTG TATTGTGACG 600 GAGGCTACGG AAGGCGAA ATATCCGTTT AGTTACTTTG CTTTGACGAC TGGTGAAATC 660 GTGGAAGGGT CTCCGTTC T CGACGGTTCA AACGGTAAAC ATTTTGCAGA GCCGπAGAA 720 AAATTGACAA TCTTGGAAAA CTATACTATG ATAGAAGATC TAATGAATGG TATGAATGGG 780 GCTACTACGT TAGTAAGGAA GATCGCTTTT CTGGAGAAAG GGGATACTTT GTTTTCTTGG 840 GAAATCAAGG AAGAGAATGA ATCGGTGTGT ATGCTAAAGC ACTGGACTAC GGTGACTCAC 900 GGGCTTCGAG CGGAGACGGA TGAGACTTAT CACTTTATTT AAGGAGπ GACAGCCGCT 960 TTCGTCGCCT CCAAGGAGTC TTTAAATCTT ACCGATCCCA AACAAACGTG TATTAAGAAT 1020 GAATTTGAGA AGATAATTAC AGATGTCTAT ATGTCAGATT ATAATGATGA CTACAGCATG 1080 AACGGTAGπ ATCAAATTTT TAAGACTACG GGAGATCTGA TΓTTGATTTG GCAGCCTCTT 1140 GTGCAAAAAT CTCπATGGT TCTTGAGCAG GGTTCAGTAA ACTTACGTAG GAGGCGAGAT 1200 TTGGTGGATG TCAAGTCTAG ACATGATATT CTTTATGTGC AATTACAGTA CCTCTATGAT 1260 ACTTTGAAAG ATTATATCAA CGATGCCTTG GGGAATTTGG CAGAATCTTG GTGCCTCGAT 1320 CAAAAACGAA CGATAACGAT GTTGCACGAA CTTAGTAAGA TCAGTCCATC GAGTATCGTG 1380 TCTGAGGTTT ACGGTCGTCC GATATCTGCA CAGTTGCATG GTGATGTGTT AGCTATCTCG 1440 AAATGCATAG AAGTTAATCA ATCATCCGTT CAGCTTTATA AGAGTATGCG GGTCGTCGAT 1500 GCGAAGGGAG TAAGGAGTGA AACGATGTGT TATAATCGGC CCTTGGTGAC GTTTAGCTTT 1560 GTGAACTCCA CGCCTGAGGT TGTCCTTGGT CAGCTAGGGT TAGATAATGA GATTCTGTTG 1620 GGTGATCATA GGACAGAGGA ATGTGAGATA CCTAGTACAA AGATATTTCT ATCTGGAAAT 1680 CATGCACACG TGTATACCGA TTATACGCAT ACGAATTCGA CGCCCATAGA AGACATTGAG 1740 GTATTGGATG CTTTTAπAG ACTAAAGATC GACCCTCTCG AAAATGCTGA TTTTAAACTA 1800 CTTGATTTAT ATTCGCCGGA CGAATTGAGT AGAGCAAACG TTTTCGATTT AGAGAATATT 1860 CTTCGTGAAT ATAACTCATA TAAGAGCGCA CTATATACTA TAGAAGCTAA AATTGCTACT 1920 AATACGCCGT CGTATGTCAA TGGGATTAAT TCI I M MAC AAGGGCTTGG GGCTATAGGC 1980 ACTGGATTGG GCTCGGTTAT AAGTGTTACG GCAGGAGCAC TTGGGGATAT TGTGGGTGGA 2040 GTGGTGTCTT TTTTAAAAAA TCCATTCGGG GGTQGTCTCA TCTTGATTTT AGCGATAGTA 2100 GTTt-TCGTTA TAATAATTGT GGTTTTCGπ AGACAAAAAC ATGTGCTTAG TAAGCCTAπ 2160 GACATGATGT TTCCTTATGC CACCAATCCG GTGACTACTG TGTCCAGTGT TACGGGGACC 2220 ACn-TCGTCA AGACGCCTAG TGTTAAAGAT GCTGACGGGG GCACATCTGT TGCGGTTTCG 2280 GAAAAAGAGG AGGGTATGGC TGACGTCAGT GGACAAATAA GTGGTGATGA ATATTCACAA 2340 GAAGATGCTT TAAAAATGCT CAAGGCCATA AAGTCTTTAG ACGAGTCCTA CAGAAGAAAA 2400 CCTTCGTCπ CTGAGTCTCA TGCCTCAAAA CCTAGTTTGA TAGACAGGAT CAGGTATAGA 2460 GGTTATAAGA GTGTAAATGT AGAAGAAGCG TGA 2493 SEQ ID NO: 12 : ATGTTTGTTA CGGCGGTTGT GTCGGTCTCT CCAAGCTCGT TTTATGAGAG TTTACAAGTA 60 GAGCCCACAC AATCAGAAGA TATAACCCGG TCTGCTCATC TGGGCGATGG TGATGAAATC 120 AGAGAAGCTA TACACAAGTC CCAGGACGCC GAAACAAAAC CCACGTTTTA CGTCTGCCCA 180 CCGCCAACAG GCTCCACAAT CGTACGATTA GAACCAACTC GGACATGTCC GGATTATCAC 240 CTTGGTAAAA ACTTTACAGA GGGTATTGCT GTTGTTTATA AAGAAAACAT TGCAGCGTAC 300 AAGTTTAAGG CGACGGTATA TTACAAAGAT GTTATCGTTA GCACGGCGTG GGCCGGAAGT 360 TCTTATACGC AAAπACTAA TAGATATGCG GATAGGGTAC CAATTCCCGT HCAGAGATC 420 ACGGACACCA TTGATAAGTT TGGCAAGTGT TCTTCTAAAG CAACGTACGT ACGAAATAAC 480 CACAAAGTTG AAGCCTTTAA TGAGGATAAA AATCCACAGG ATATGCCTCT AATCGCATCA 540 AAATATAATT CTGTGGGATC CAAAGCATGG CATACTACCA ATGACACGTA CATGGTTGCC 600 GGAACCCCCG GAACATATAG GACGGGCACG TCGGTGAAπ GCATCATTGA GGAAGTTGAA 660 GCCAGATCAA TATTCCCTTA TGATAGTTTT GGACTTTCCA CGGGAGATAT AATATACATG 720 TCCCCGΠTT TTGGCCTACG GGATGGTGCA TACAGAGAAC ATTCCAATTA TGCAATGGAT 780 CGTTTTCACC AGTTTGAGGG πATAGACAA AGGGATCTTG ACACTAGAGC AπACTGGAA 840 CCTGCAGCGC GGAACTΓΠT AGTCACGCCT CATTTAACGG TTGGTTGGAA CTGGAAGCCA 900 AAACGAACGG AAGTTTGTTC GCTTGTCAAG TGGCGTGAGG TTGAAGACGT AGTTCGCGAT 960 GAGTATGCAC ACAATTTTCG CTTTACAATG AAAACACTTT CTACCACGTT TATAAGTGAA 1020 ACAAACGAGT ΠAATCΠAA CCAAATCCAT CTCAGTCAAT GTGTAAAGGA GGAAGCCCGG 1080 GCTATTATTA ACCGGATCTA TACAACCAGA TACAACTCAT CTCATGTTAG AACCGGGGAT 1140 ATCCAGACCT ACCTTGCCAG AGGGGGGTTT GTTGTGGTGT TTCAACCCCT GCTGAGCAAT 1200 TCCCTCGCCC GTCTCTATCT CCAAGAATTG GTCCGTGAAA ACACTAATCA πCACCACAA 1260 AAACACCCGA CTCGAAATAC CAGATCCCGA CGAAGCGTGC CAGTTGAGπ GCGTGCCAAT 1320 AGAACAATAA CAACCACCTC ATCGGTGGAA TTTGCTATGC TCCAGTTTAC ATATGACCAC 1380 ATTCAAGAGC ATGTTAATGA AATGTTGGCA CGTATCTCCT CGTCGTGGTG CCAGCTACAA 1440 AATCGCGAAC GCGCCCTTTG GAGCGGACTA TTTCCAAπA ACCCAAGTGC TTTAGCGAGC 1500 ACCATTTTGG ATCAACGTGT TAAAGCTCGT ATTCTCGGCG ACGTTATCTC CGTTTCTAAT 1560 TGTCCAGAAC TGGGATCAGA TACACGCATT ATACTTCAAA ACTCTATGAG GGTATCTGGT 1620 AGTACTACGC GTTGTTATAG CCGTCCTTTA ATTTCAATAG πAGTTTAAA TGGGTCCGGG 1680 ACGGTGGAGG GCCAGCTTGG AACAGATAAC GAGTTAATTA TGTCCAGAGA TCTGTTAGAA 1740 CCATGCGTGG CTAATCACAA GCGATATTTT CTATTTGGGC ATCACTACGT ATAπATGAG 1800 GAπATCGTT ACGTCCGTGA AATCGCAGTC CATGATGTGG GAATGAπAG CACTTACGTA 1860 GATTTAAACT TAACACTTCT TAAAGATAGA GAGTTTATGC CGCTGCAAGT ATATACAAGA 1920 GACGAGCTGC GGGATACAGG ATTACTAGAC TACAGTGAAA TTCAACGCCG AAATCAAATG 1980 CATTCGCTGC GTTTTTATGA CATAGACAAG GTTGTGCAAT ATGATAGCGG AACGGCCAπ 2040 ATGCAGGGCA TGGCTCAGπ TTTCCAGGGA CTTGGGACCG CGGGCCAGGC CGTTGGACAT 2100 GTGGTTCTTG GGGCCACGGG AGCGCTGCTT TCCACCGTAC ACGGATTTAC CACGTTTTTA 2160 TCTAACCCAT TTGGGGCAπ GGCCGTGGGA πATTGGTTT TGGCGGGACT GGTAGCGGCC 2220 TTTTTTGCGT ACCGGTACGT GCTTAAACTT AAAACAAGCC CGATGAAGGC ATTATATCCA 2280 CTCACAACCA AGGGGTTAAA ACAGTTACCG GAAGGAATGG ATCCCTTTGC CGAGAAACCC 2340 AACGCTACTG ATACCCCAAT AGAAGAAAπ GGCGACTCAC AAAACACTGA ACCGTCGGTA 2400 AATAGCGGGT TTGATCCCGA TAAATTTCGA GAAGCCCAGG AAATGATTAA ATATATGACG 2460 TTAGTATCTG CGGCTGAGCG CCAAGAATCT AAAGCCCGCA AAAAAAATAA GACTAGCGCC 2520 CTTTTAACTT CACGTCTTAC CGGCCTTGCT πACGAAATC GCCGAGGATA CTCCCGTGTT 2580 CGCACCGAGA ATGTAACGGG GGTGTAAA 2608 SEQ ID NO:13: ATGCGCCAGG GCGCCGCGCG GGGGTGCCGG TGGTTCGTCG TATGGGCGCT CTTGGGGTTG 60 ACGCTGGGGG TCCTGGTGGC GTCGGCGGCT CCGAGTTCCC CCGGCACGCC TGGGGTCGCG 120 GCCGCGACCC AGGCGGCGAA CGGGGGACCT GCCACTCCGG CGCCGCCCGC CCCTGGCCCC 180 GCCCCAACGG GGGACACGAA ACCGAAGAAG AACAAAAAAC CGAAAAACCC ACCGCCGCCG 240 CGCCCCGCCG GCGACAACGC GACCGTCGCC GCGGGCCACG CCACCCTGCG CGAGCACCTG 300 CGGGACATCA AGGCGGAGAA CACCGATGCA AACTTTTACG TGTGCCCACC CCCCACGGGC 360 GCCACGGTGG TGCAGTTCGA GCAGCCGCGC CGCTGCCCGA CCCGGCCCGA GGGTCAGAAC 420 TACACGGAGG GCATCGCGGT GGTCTTCAAG GAGAACATCG CCCCGTACAA GTTCAAGGCC 480 ACCATGTACT ACAAAGACGT CACCGTTTCG CAGGTGTGGT TCGGCCACCG CTACTCCCAG 540 TTTATGGGGA TCTTTGAGGA CCGCGCCCCC GTCCCCTTCG AGGAGGTGAT CGACAAGATC 600 AACGCCAAGG GGGTCTGTCG GTCCACGGCC AAGTACGTGC GCAACAACCT GGAGACCACC 660 GCGTTTCACC GGGACGACCA CGAGACCGAC ATGGAGCTGA AACCGGCCAA CGCCGCGACC 720 CGCACGAGCC GGGGCTGGCA CACCACCGAC CTCAAGTACA ACCCCTCGCG GGTGGAGGCG 780 TTCCACCGGT ACGGGACGAC GGTAAACTGC ATCGTCGAGG AGGTGGACGC GCGCTCGGTG 840 TACCCGTACG ACGAGTTTGT GCTGGCGACT GGCGACTTTG TGTACATGTC CCCGTTTTAC 900 GGCTACCGGG AGGGGTCGCA CACCGAACAC ACCAGCTACG CCGCCGACCG CTTCAAGCAG 960 GTTGACGGCT TCTACGCGCG CGACCTCACC ACCAAGGCCC GGGCCACGGC GCCGACCACC 1020 CGGAACCTGC TCACGACCCC CAAGTTCACC GTGGCCTGGG ACTGGGTGCC AAAGCGCCCG 1080 TCGGTCTGCA CCATGACCAA GTGGCAGGAG GTGGACGAGA TGCTGCGCTC CGAGTACGGC 1140 GGCTCCTTCC GAπCTCCTC CGACGCCATA TCCACCACCT TCACCACCAA CCTGACCGAG 1200 TACCCGCTCT CGCGCGTGGA CCTGGGGGAC TGCATCGGCA AGGACGCCCG CGACGCCATG 1260 GACCGCATCT TCGCCCGCAG GTACAACGCG ACGCACATCA AGGTGGGCCA GCCGCAGTAC 1320 TACCTGGCCA ATGGGGGCπ TCTGATCGCG TACCAGCCCC πCTCAGCAA CACGCTCGCG 1380 GAGCTGTACG TGCGGGAACA CCTCCGAGAG CAGAGCCGCA AGCCCCCAAA CCCCACGCCC 1440 CCGCCGCCCG GGGCCAGCGC CAACGCGTCC GTGGAGCGCA TCAAGACCAC CTCCTCCATC 1500 GAGTTCGCCC GGCTGCAGTT TACGTACAAC CACATACAGC GCCATGTCAA CGATATGTTG 1560 GGCCGCGTTG CCATCGCGTG GTGCGAGCTG CAGAATCACG AGCTGACCCT GTGGAACGAG 1620 GCCCGCAAGC TGAACCCCAA CGCCATCGCC TCGGCCACCG TGGGCCGGCG GGTGAGCGCG 1680 CGGATGCTCG GCGACGTGAT GGCCGTCTCC ACGTGCGTGC CGGTCGCCGC GGACAACGTG 1740 ATCGTCCAAA ACTCGATGCG CATCAGCTCG CGGCCCGGGG CCTGCTACAG CCGCCCCCTG 1800 GTCAGCTTTC GGTACGAAGA CCAGGGCCCG TTGGTCGAGG GGCAGGTGGG GGAGAACAAC 1860 GAGCTGCGGC TGACGCGCGA TGCGATCGAG CCGTGCACCG TGGGACACCG GCGCTACπC 1920 ACCπCGGTG GGGGCTACGT GTACTTCGAG GAGTACGCGT ACTCCCACCA GCTGAGCCGC 1980 GCCGACATCA CCACCGTCAG CACCTTCATC GACCTCAACA TCACCATGCT GGAGGATCAC 2040 GAGTTTGTCC CCCTGGAGGT GTACACCCGC CACGAGATCA AGGACAGCGG CCTGCTGGAC 2100 TACACGGAGG TCCAGCGCCG CAACCAGCTG CACGACCTGC GCTTCGCCGA CATCGACACG 2160 GTCATCCACG CCGACGCCAA CGCCGCCATG HCGCGGGCC TGGGCGCGπ CπCGAGGGG 2220 ATGGGCGACC TGGGGCGCGC GGTCGGCAAG GTGGTGATGG GCATCGTGGG CGGCGTGGTA 2280 TCGGCCGTGT CGGGCGTGTC CTCCTTCATG TCCAACCCCT TTGGGGCGCT GGCCGTGGGT 2340 CTGTTGGTCC TGGCCGGCCT GGCGGCGGCT TTCTTCGCCT TTCGCTACGT CATGCGGCTG 2400 CAGAGCAACC CCATGAAGGC CCTGTACCCG CTAACCACCA AGGAGCTCAA GAACCCCACC 2460 AACCCGGACG CGTCCGGGGA GGGCGAGGAG GGCGGCGACT TTGACGAGGC CAAGCTAGCC 2520 GAGGCCCGGG AGATGATACG GTACATGGCC CTGGTGTCTG CCATGGAGCG CACGGAACAC 2580 AAGGCCAAGA AGAAGGGCAC GAGCGCGCTG CTCAGCGCCA AGGTCACCGA CATGGTCATG 2640 CGCAAGCGCC GCAACACCAA CTACACCCAA GTTCCCAACA AAGACGGTGA CGCCGACGAG 2700 GACGACCTGT GAC 2713 SEQ ID NO:14: Met Val Pro Asn Lys His Leu Leu Leu He Ile Leu Ser Phe Ser Thr Ala Cys Gly Gin Thr Thr Pro Thr Thr Ala Val Glu Lys Asn Lys Thr Gin Ala Ile Tyr Gin Glu Tyr Phe Lys Tyr Arg Val Cys Ser Ala Ser Thr Thr Gly Glu Leu Phe Arg Phe Asp Leu Asp Arg Thr Cys Pro Ser Thr Glu Asp Lys Val His Lys Glu Gly Ile Leu Leu Val Tyr Lys Lys Asn He Val Pro Tyr Ile Phe Lys Val Arg Arg Tyr Lys Lys Ile Thr Thr Ser Val Arg He Phe Asn Gly Trp Thr Arg Glu Gly Val Ala He Thr Asn Lys Trp Glu Leu Ser Arg Ala Val Pro Lys Tyr Glu Ile Asp Ile Met Asp Lys Thr Tyr Gin Cys His Asn Cys Met Gin Ile Glu Val Asn Gly Met Leu Asn Ser Tyr Tyr Asp Arg Asp Gly Asn Asn Lys Thr Val Asp Leu Lys Pro Val Asp Gly Leu Thr Gly Ala He Thr Arg Tyr Ile Ser Gin Pro Lys Val Phe Ala Asp Pro Gly Trp Leu Trp Gly Thr Tyr Arg Thr Arg Thr Thr Val Asn Cys Glu Ile Val Asp Met Phe Ala Arg Ser Ala Asp Pro Tyr Thr Tyr Phe Val Thr Ala Leu Gly Asp Thr Val Glu Val Ser Pro Phe Cys Asp Val Asp Asn Ser Cys Pro Asn Ala Thr Asp Val Leu Ser Val Gin lie Asp Leu Asn His Thr Val Val Asp Tyr Gly Asn Arg Ala Thr Ser Gin Gin His Lys Lys Arg Ile Phe Ala His Thr Leu Asp Tyr Ser Val Ser Trp Glu Ala Val Asn Lys Ser Ala Ser Val Cys Ser Met Val Phe Trp Lys Ser Phe Gin Arg Ala Ile Gin Thr Glu His Asp Leu Thr Tyr His Phe Ile Ala Asn Glu Ile Thr Ala Gly Phe Ser Thr Val Lys Glu Pro Leu Ala Asn Phe Thr Ser Asp Tyr Asn Cys Leu Met Thr His Ile Asn Thr Thr Leu Glu Asp Lys Ile Ala Arg Val Asn Asn Thr His Thr Pro Asn Gly Thr Ala Glu Tyr Tyr Gin Thr Glu Gly Gly Met Ile Leu Val Trp Gin Pro Leu Ile Ala Ile Glu Leu Glu Glu Ala Met Leu Glu Ala Thr Thr Ser Pro Val Thr Pro Ser Ala Pro Thr Ser Ser Ser Arg Ser Lys Arg Ala Ile Arg Ser Ile Arg qs Asp Val Ser Ala Gly Ser Glu Asn Asn Val Phe Leu Ser Gin He Gin Tyr Ala Tyr Asp Lys Leu Arg Gin Ser Ile Asn Asn Val Leu Glu Gl u Leu Ala Ile Thr Trp Cys Arg Glu Gin Val Arg Gin Thr Met Val Trp Tyr Glu Ile Al a Lys Ile Asn Pro Thr Ser Val Met Thr Al a He Tyr Gly Lys Pro Val Ser Arg Lys Al a Leu Gly Asp Val Ile Ser Val Thr Glu Cys He Asn Val Asp Gin Ser Ser Val Ser Ile His Lys Ser Leu Lys Thr Glu Asn Asn Asp He Cys Tyr Ser Arg Pro Pro Val Thr Phe Lys Phe Val Asn Ser Ser Gi n Leu Phe Lys Gly Gin Leu Gly Ala Arg Asn Gl u He Leu Leu Ser Glu Ser Leu Val Glu Asn Cys His Gin Asn Ala Gl Thr Phe Phe Thr Ala Lys Asn Glu Thr Tyr His Phe Lys Asn Tyr Val His Val Glu Thr Leu Pro Val Asn Asn Ile Ser Thr Leu Asp Thr Phe Leu Ala Leu Asn Leu Thr Phe Ile Glu Asn Ile Asp Phe Lys Ala Val Gl u Leu Tyr Ser Ser Gly Glu Arg Lys Leu Al a Asn Val Phe Asp Leu Glu Thr Met Phe Arg Glu Tyr Asn Tyr Tyr Ala Gin Ser Ile Ser Gly Leu Arg Lys Asp Phe Asp Asn Ser Gin Arg Asn Asn Arg Asp Arg Ile Ile Gin Asp Phe Ser Glu Ile Leu Ala Asp Leu Gly Ser Ile Gly Lys Val Ile Val Asn Val Ala Ser Gly Ala Phe Ser Leu Phe Gly Gly Ile Val Thr Gly Ile Leu Asn Phe Ile Lys Asn Pro Leu Gly Gly Met Phe Thr Phe Leu Leu Ile Gly Ala Val Ile Ile Leu Val Ile Leu Leu Val Arg Arg Thr Asn Asn Met Ser Gin Al a Pro Ile Arg Met Ile Tyr Pro Asp Val Glu Lys Ser Lys Ser Thr Val Thr Pro Met Glu Pro Glu Thr Ile Lys Gi n lie Leu Leu Gly Met Hi s Asn Met Gin Gin Gl u Ala Tyr Lys Lys Lys Glu Glu Gin Arg Ala Ala Arg Pro Ser Ile Phe Arg Gi n Al a Al a Gl u Thr Phe Leu Arg Lys Arg Ser Gly Tyr Lys Gin He Ser Thr Glu Asp Lys Ile Val SEQ ID NO:15: Met Tyr Tyr Lys Thr Ile Leu Phe Phe Ala Leu Ile Lys Val Cys Ser Phe Asn Gin Thr Thr Thr His Ser Thr Thr Thr Ser Pro Ser Ile Ser Ser Thr Thr Ser Ser Thr Thr Thr Ser Thr Ser Lys Pro Ser Asn Thr Thr Ser Thr Asn Ser Ser Leu Ala Ala Ser Pro Gin Asn Thr Ser Thr Ser Lys Pro Ser Thr Asp Asn Gin Gly Thr Ser Thr Pro Thr Ile Pro Thr Val Thr Asp Asp Thr Ala Ser Lys Asn Phe Tyr Lys Tyr Arg Val Cys Ser Ala Ser Ser Ser Ser Gly Glu Leu Phe Arg Phe Asp Leu Asp Gin Thr Cys Pro Asp Thr Lys Asp Lys Lys His Val Glu Gly Ile Leu Leu Val Leu Lys Lys Asn Ile Val Pro Tyr He Phe Lys Val Arg Lys Tyr Arg Lys Ile Ala Thr Ser Val Thr Val Tyr Arg Gly Trp Ser Gin Ala Ala Val Thr Asn Arg Asp Asp Ile Ser Arg Ala Ile Pro Tyr Asn Glu Ile Ser Met He Asp Arg Thr Tyr His Cys Phe Ser Ala Met Ala Thr Val Ile Asn Gly He Leu Asn Thr Tyr Ile Asp Arg Asp Ser Glu Asn Lys Ser Val Pro Leu Gin Pro Val Ala Gly Leu Thr Glu Asn Ile Asn Arg Tyr Phe Ser Gin Pro Leu Ile Tyr Ala Glu Pro Gly Trp Phe Pro Gly Ile Tyr Arg Val Arg Thr Thr Val Asn Cys Glu Val Val Asp Met Tyr Ala Arg Ser Val Glu Pro Tyr Thr His Phe He Thr Ala Leu Gly Asp Thr Ile Glu He Ser Pro Phe Cys His Asn Asn Ser Gin Cys Thr Thr Gly Asn Ser Thr Ser Arg Asp Ala Thr Lys Val Trp Ile Glu Glu Asn His Gin Thr Val Asp Tyr Glu Arg Arg Gly His Pro Thr Lys Asp Lys Arg Ile Phe Leu Lys Asp Glu Glu Tyr Thr Ile Ser Trp Lys Ala Glu Asp Arg Glu Arg Ala Ile Cys Asp Phe Val Ile Trp Lys Thr Phe Pro Arg Ala Ile Gin Thr Ile His Asn Glu Ser Phe His Phe Val Ala Asn Glu Val Thr Ala Ser Phe Leu Thr Ser Asn Gin Glu Glu Thr Glu Leu Arg Gly Asn Thr Glu He Leu Asn Cys Met Asn Ser Thr He Asn Glu Thr Leu Glu Glu Thr Val Lys Lys Phe Asn Lys Ser His Ile Arg Asp Gly Glu Val Lys Tyr Tyr Lys Thr Asn Gly Gly Leu Phe Leu He Trp Gin Ala Met Lys Pro Leu Asn Leu Ser Glu His Thr Asn Tyr Thr He Glu Arg Asn Asn Lys Thr Gly Asn Lys Ser Arg Gin Lys Arg Ser Val Asp Thr Lys Thr Phe Gin Gly Ala Lys Gly Leu Ser Thr Ala Gin Val Gin Tyr Ala Tyr Asp His Leu Arg Thr Ser Met Asn His He Leu Glu Glu Leu Thr Lys Thr Trp Cys Arg Glu Gin Lys Lys Asp Asn Leu Met Trp Tyr Glu Leu Ser Lys Ile Asn Pro Val Ser Val Met Ala Ala Ile Tyr Gly Lys Pro Val Ala Val Lys Ala Met Gly Asp Ala Phe Met Val Ser Glu Cys Ile Asn Val Asp Gin Ala Ser Val Asn He His Lys Ser Met Arg Thr Asp Asp Pro Lys Val Cys Tyr Ser Arg Pro Leu Val Thr Phe Lys Phe Val Asn Ser Thr Ala Thr Phe Arg Gly Gin Leu Gly Thr Arg Asn Gl u Ile Leu Leu Thr Asn Thr His Val Gl u Thr Cys Arg Pro Thr Al a Asp Hi s Tyr Phe Phe Val Lys Asn Met Thr His Tyr Phe Lys Asp Tyr Lys Phe Val Lys Thr Met Asp Thr Asn Asn Ile Ser Thr Leu Asp Thr Phe Leu Thr Leu Asn Leu Thr Phe Ile Asp Asn Ile Asp Phe Lys Thr Val Glu Leu Tyr Ser Gl u Thr Gl u Arg Lys Met Al a Ser Al a Leu Asp Leu Glu Thr Met Phe Arg Glu Tyr Asn Tyr Tyr Thr Gin Lys Leu Ala Ser Leu Arg Glu Asp Leu Asp Asn Thr Ile Asp Leu Asn Arg Asp Arg Leu Val Lys Asp Leu Ser Glu Met Met Ala Asp Leu Gly Asp lie Gly Lys Val Val Val Asn Thr Phe Ser Gly lie Val Thr Val Phe Gly Ser He Val Gly Gly Phe Val Ser Phe Phe Thr Asn Pro He Gly Gly Val Thr lie Ile Leu Leu Leu Ile Val Val Val Phe Val Val Phe Ile Val Ser Arg Arg Thr Asn Asn Met Asn Glu Al a Pro Ile Lys Met Ile Tyr Pro Asn Ile Asp Lys Ala Ser Glu Gin Gl u Asn He Gi n Pro Leu Pro Gly Glu Glu Ile Lys Arg He Leu Leu Gly Met Hi s Gi n Leu Gin Gin Ser Glu His Gly Lys Ser Gl u Gl u Glu Ala Ser His Lys Pro Gly Leu Phe Gin Leu Leu Gly Asp Gly Leu Gin Leu Leu Arg Arg Arg Gly Tyr Thr Arg Leu Pro Thr Phe Asp Pro Ser Pro Gly Asn Asp Thr Ser Gl u Thr His Gin Lys Tyr Val SEQ ID N0: 16: Met Gly Val Gly Gly Gly Pro Arg Val Val Leu Cys Leu Trp Cys Val Ala Ala Leu Leu Cys Gin Gly Val Ala Gin Glu Val Val Ala Glu Thr Thr Thr Pro Phe Ala Thr His Arg Pro Glu Val Val Ala Glu Glu Asn Pro Ala Asn Pro Phe Leu Pro Phe Arg Val Cys Gly Ala Ser Pro Thr Gly Gly Glu He Phe Arg Phe Pro Leu Glu Glu Ser Cys Pro Asn Thr Glu Asp Lys Asp His Ile Glu Gly Ile Ala Leu He Tyr Lys Thr Asn He Val Pro Tyr Val Phe Asn Val Arg Lys Tyr Arg Lys Ile Met Thr Ser Thr Thr He Tyr Lys Gly Trp Ser Glu Asp Ala He Thr Asn Gin H s Thr Arg Ser Tyr Ala Val Pro Leu Tyr Glu Val Gin Met Met Asp His Tyr Tyr Gin Cys Phe Ser Ala Val Gin Val Asn Glu Gly Gly His Val Asn Thr Tyr Tyr Asp Arg Asp Gly Trp Asn Glu Thr Ala Phe Leu Lys Pro Ala Asp Gly Leu Thr Ser Ser He Thr Arg Tyr Gin Ser Gin Pro Glu Val Tyr Ala Thr Pro Arg Asn Leu Leu Trp Ser Tyr Thr Thr Arg Thr Thr Val Asn Cys Glu Val Thr Glu Met Ser Ala Arg Ser Met Lys Pro Phe Glu Phe Phe Val Thr Ser Val Gly Asp Thr Ile Glu Met Ser Pro Phe Leu Lys Glu Asn Gly Thr Glu Pro Glu Lys lie Leu Lys Arg Pro His Ser He Gin Leu Leu Lys Asn Tyr Ala Val Thr Lys Tyr Gly Val Gly Leu Gly Gin Ala Asp Asn Ala Thr Arg Phe Phe Ala Ile Phe Gly Asp Tyr Ser Leu Ser Trp Lys Ala Thr Thr Glu Asn Ser Ser Tyr Cys Asp Leu Ile Leu Trp Lys Gly Phe Ser Asn Ala Ile Gin Thr Gin His Asn Ser Ser Leu His Phe Ile Ala Asn Asp Ile Thr Ala Ser Phe Ser Thr Pro Leu Glu Glu Glu Ala Asn Phe Asn Glu Thr Phe Lys Cys He Trp Asn Asn Thr Gin Glu Glu He Gin Lys Lys Leu Lys Glu Val Glu Lys Thr His Arg Pro Asn Gly Thr Ala Lys Val Tyr Lys Thr Thr Gly Asn Leu Tyr Ile Val Trp Gin Pro Leu Ile Gin Ile Asp Leu Leu Asp Thr His Ala Lys Leu Tyr Asn Leu Thr Asn Ala Thr Ala Ser Pro Thr Ser Thr Pro Thr Thr Ser Pro Arg Arg Arg Arg Arg Asp Thr Ser Ser Val Ser Gly Gly Gly Asn Asn Gly Asp Asn Ser Thr Lys Glu Glu Ser Val Ala Ala Ser Gin Val Gin Phe Ala Tyr Asp Asn Leu Arg Lys Ser He Asn Arg Val Leu Gly Glu Leu Ser Arg Ala Trp Cys Arg Glu Gin Tyr Arg Ala Ser Leu Met Trp Tyr Glu Leu Ser Lys lie Asn Pro Thr Ser Val Met Ser Ala Ile Tyr Gly Arg Pro Val Ser Ala Lys Leu He Gly Asp Val Val Ser Val Ser Asp Cys He Ser Val Asp Gin Lys Ser Val Phe Val His Lys Asn Met Lys Val Pro Gly Lys Glu Asp Leu Cys Tyr Thr Arg Pro Val Val Gly Phe Lys Phe He Asn Gly Ser Glu Leu Phe Ala Gly Gin Leu Gly Pro Arg Asn Glu Ile Val Leu Ser Thr Ser Gin Val Glu Val Cys Gin His Ser Cys Glu His Tyr Phe Gin Ala Gly Asn Gin Met Tyr Lys Tyr Lys Asp Tyr Tyr Tyr Val Ser Thr Leu Asn Leu Thr Asp Ile Pro Thr Leu His Thr Met Ile Thr Leu Asn Leu Ser Leu Val Glu Asn Ile Asp Phe Lys Val Ile Glu Leu Tyr Ser Lys Thr Glu Lys Arg Leu Ser Asn Val Phe Asp Ile Glu Thr Met Phe Arg Glu Tyr Asn Tyr Tyr Thr Gin Asn Leu Asn Gly Leu Arg Lys Asp Leu Asp Asp Ser He Asp His Gly Arg Asp Ser Phe He Gin Thr Leu Gly Asp Ile Met Gi n Asp Leu Gly Thr Ile Gly Lys Val Val Val Asn Val Al a Ser Gly Val Phe Ser Leu Phe Gly Ser He Val Ser Gly Val Ile Ser Phe Phe Lys Asn Pro Phe Gly Gly Met Leu Leu Ile Val Leu He Ile Al a Gly Val Val Val Val Tyr Leu Phe Met Thr Arg Ser Arg Ser Ile Tyr Ser Ala Pro Ile Arg Met Leu Tyr Pro Gly Val Glu Arg Ala Al a Gin Glu Pro Gly Ala Hi s Pro Val Ser Glu Asp Gin Ile Arg Asn He Leu Met Gly Met His Gin Phe Gi n Gin Arg Gin Arg Al a Glu Gl u Gl u Al a Arg Arg Glu Glu Glu Val Lys Gly Lys Arg Thr Leu Phe Gl u Val Ile Arg Asp Ser Ala Thr Ser Val Leu Arg Arg Arg Arg Gly Gly Gly Gly Tyr Gi n Arg Leu Gin Arg Asp Gly Ser Asp Asp Glu Gly Asp Tyr Gl u Pro Leu Arg Arg Gi n Asp Gly Gly Tyr Asp Asp Val Asp Val Glu Ala Gly Thr Ala Asp Thr Gly Val SEQ ID N0:17: Met Tyr Pro Thr Val Lys Ser Met Arg Val Ala His Leu Thr Asn Leu Leu Thr Leu Leu Cys Leu Leu Cys His Thr His Leu Tyr Val Cys Gin Pro Thr Thr Leu Arg Gin Pro Ser Asp Met Thr Pro Ala Gin Asp Ala Pro Thr Glu Thr Pro Pro Pro Leu Ser Thr Asn Thr Asn Arg Gly Phe Glu Tyr Phe Arg Val Cys Gly Val Ala Ala Thr Gly Glu Thr Phe Arg Phe Asp Leu Asp Lys Thr Cys Pro Ser Thr Gin Asp Lys Lys His Val Glu Gly Ile Leu Leu Val Tyr Lys He Asn He Val Pro Tyr Ile Phe Lys Ile Arg Arg Tyr Arg Lys Ile He Thr Gin Leu Thr Ile Trp Arg Gly Leu Thr Thr Ser Ser Val Thr Gly Lys Phe Glu Met Ala Thr Gin Ala His Glu Trp Glu Val Gly Asp Phe Asp Ser Ile Tyr Gin Cys Tyr Asn Ser Ala Thr Met Val Val Asn Asn Val Arg Gin Val Tyr Val Asp Arg Asp Gly Val Asn Lys Thr Val Asn Ile Arg Pro Val Asp Gly Leu Thr Gly Asn He Gin Arg Tyr Phe Ser Gin Pro Thr Leu Tyr Ser Glu Pro Gly Trp Met Pro Gly Phe Tyr Arg Val Arg Thr Thr Val Asn Cys Glu lie Val Asp Met Val Ala Arg Ser Met Asp Pro Tyr Asn Tyr Ile Ala Thr Ala Leu Gly Asp Ser Leu Glu Leu Ser Pro Phe Gin Thr Phe Asp Asn Thr Ser Gin Cys Thr Ala Pro Lys Arg Ala Asp Met Arg Val Arg Glu Val Lys Asn Tyr Lys Phe Val Asp Tyr Asn Asn Arg Gly Thr Ala Pro Ala Gly Gin Ser Arg Thr Phe Leu Glu Thr Pro Ser Ala Thr Tyr Ser Trp Lys Thr Ala Thr Arg Gin Thr Ala Thr Cys Asp Leu Val His Trp Lys Thr Phe Pro Arg Ala Ile Gin Thr Ala His Glu His Ser Tyr His Phe Val Ala Asn Glu Val Thr Ala Thr Phe Asn Thr Pro Leu Thr Glu Val Glu Asn Phe Thr Ser Thr Tyr Ser Cys Val Ser Asp Gin Ile Asn Lys Thr Ile Ser Glu Tyr He Gin Lys Leu Asn Asn Ser Tyr Val Ala Ser Gly Lys Thr Gin Tyr Phe Lys Thr Asp Gly Asn Leu Tyr Leu Ile Trp Gin Pro Leu Glu His Pro Glu He Glu Asp Ile Asp Glu Asp Ser Asp Pro Glu Pro Thr Pro Ala Pro Pro Lys Ser Thr Arg Arg Lys Arg Glu Ala Ala Asp Asn Gly Asn Ser Thr Ser Glu Val Ser Lys Gly Ser Glu Asn Pro Leu Ile Thr Ala Gin Ile Gin Phe Ala Tyr Asp Lys Leu Thr Thr Ser Val Asn Asn Val Leu Glu Glu Leu Ser Arg Ala Trp Cys Arg Glu Gin Val Arg Asp Thr Leu Met Trp Tyr Glu Leu Ser Lys Val Asn Pro Thr Ser Val Met Ser Ala He Tyr Gly Lys Pro Val Ala Ala Arg Tyr Val Gly Asp Ala He Ser Val Thr Asp Cys He Tyr Val Asp Gin Ser Ser Val Asn He His Gin Ser Leu Arg Leu Gin His Asp Lys Thr Thr Cys Tyr Ser Arg Pro Arg Val Thr Phe Lys Phe Ile Asn Ser Thr Asp Pro Leu Thr Gly Gin Leu Gly Pro Arg Lys Glu Ile Ile Leu Ser Asn Thr Asn He Glu Thr Cys Lys Asp Glu Ser Glu His Tyr Phe Ile Val Gly Glu Tyr lie Tyr Tyr Tyr Lys Asn Tyr He Phe Glu Glu Lys Leu Asn Leu Ser Ser Ile Ala Thr Leu Asp Thr Phe Ile Ala Leu Asn Ile Ser Phe Ile Glu Asn Ile Asp Phe Lys Thr Val Glu Leu Tyr Ser Ser Thr Glu Arg Lys Leu Ala Ser Ser Val Phe Asp He Glu Ser Met Phe Arg Glu Tyr Asn Tyr Tyr Thr Tyr Ser Leu Ala Gly lie Lys Lys Asp Leu Asp Asn Thr Ile Asp Tyr Asn Arg Asp Arg Leu Val Gin Asp Leu Ser Asp Met Met Ala Asp Leu Gly Asp Ile Gly Arg Ser Val Val Asn Val Val Ser Ser Val Val Thr Phe Phe Ser Ser lie Val Thr Gly Phe Ile Lys Phe Phe Thr Asn Pro Leu Gly Gly Ile Phe lie Leu Leu Ile Ile Gly Gly lie Ile Phe Leu Val Val Val Leu Asn Arg Arg Asn Ser Gin Phe His Asp Ala Pro Ile Lys Met Leu Tyr Pro Ser Val Glu Asn Tyr Ala Ala Arg Gin Ala Pro Pro Pro Tyr Ser Ala Ser Pro Pro Ala Ile Asp Lys Glu Glu Ile Lys Arg Ile Leu Leu Gly Met Hi s Gin Val His Gin Glu Glu Lys Glu Ala Gin Lys Gin Leu Thr Asn Ser Gly Pro Thr Leu Trp Gin Lys Ala Thr Gly Phe Leu Arg Asn Arg Arg Lys Gly Tyr Ser Gin Leu Pro Leu Glu Asp Glu Ser Thr Ser Leu SEQ ID NO:18: Met Thr Arg Arg Arg Val Leu Ser Val Val Val Leu Leu Ala Ala Leu Ala Cys Arg Leu Gly Ala Gin Thr Pro Glu Gin Pro Ala Pro Pro Ala Thr Thr Val Gin Pro Thr Ala Thr Arg Gin Gin Thr Ser Phe Pro Phe Arg Val Cys Glu Leu Ser Ser His Gly Asp Leu Phe Arg Phe Ser Ser Asp Ile Gin Cys Pro Ser Phe Gly Thr Arg Glu Asn His Thr Glu Gly Leu Leu Met Val Phe Lys Asp Asn Ile Ile Pro Tyr Ser Phe Lys Val Arg Ser Tyr Thr Lys Ile Val Thr Asn Ile Leu Ile Tyr Asn Gly Trp Tyr Ala Asp Ser Val Thr Asn Arg His Glu Glu Lys Phe Ser Val Asp Ser Tyr Glu Thr Asp Gin Met Asp Thr Ile Tyr Gin Cys Tyr Asn Ala Val Lys Met Thr Lys Asp Gly Leu Thr Arg Val Tyr Val Asp Arg Asp Gly Val Asn Ile Thr Val Asn Leu Lys Pro Thr Gly Gly Leu Ala Asn Gly Val Arg Arg Tyr Ala Ser Gin Thr Glu Leu Tyr Asp Ala Pro Gly Trp Leu Ile Trp Thr Tyr Arg Thr Arg Thr Thr Val Asn Cys Leu Ile Thr Asp Met Met Ala Lys Ser Asn Ser Pro Phe Asp Phe Phe Val Thr Thr Thr Gly Gin Thr Val Glu Met Ser Pro Phe Tyr Asp Gly Lys Asn Lys Glu Thr Phe His Glu Arg Ala Asp Ser Phe His Val Arg Thr Asn Tyr Lys Ile Val Asp Tyr Asp Asn Arg Gly Thr Asn Pro Gin Gly Glu Arg Arg Ala Phe Leu Asp Lys Gly Thr Tyr Thr Leu Ser Trp Lys Leu Glu Asn Arg Thr Ala Tyr Cys Pro Leu Gin His Trp Gin Thr Phe Asp Ser Thr Ile Ala Thr Glu Thr Gly Lys Ser He His Phe Val Thr Asp Glu Gly Thr Ser Ser Phe Val Thr Asn Thr Thr Val Gly Ile Glu Leu Pro Asp Ala Phe Lys Cys He Glu Glu Gin Val Asn Lys Thr Met His Glu Lys Tyr Glu Ala Val Gin Asp Arg Tyr Thr Lys Gly Gin Glu Ala Ile Thr Tyr Phe Ile Thr Ser Gly Gly Leu Leu Leu Ala Trp Leu Pro Leu Thr Pro Arg Ser Leu Ala Thr Val Lys Asn Leu Thr Glu Leu Thr Thr Pro Thr Ser Ser Pro Pro Ser Ser Pro Ser Pro Pro Ala Pro Ser Ala Ala Arg Gly Ser Thr Pro Ala Ala Val Leu Arg Arg Arg Arg Arg Asp Ala Gly Asn Ala Thr Thr Pro Val Pro Pro Thr Ala Pro Gly Lys Ser Leu Gly Thr Leu Asn Asn Pro Ala Thr Val Gin Ile Gin Phe Ala Tyr Asp Ser Leu Arg Arg Gin Ile Asn Arg Met Leu Gly Asp Leu Ala Arg Ala Trp Cys Leu Glu Gin Lys Arg Gin Asn Met Val Leu Arg Glu Leu Thr Lys lie Asn Pro Thr Thr Val Met Ser Ser He Tyr Gly Lys Ala Val Ala Ala Lys Arg Leu Gly Asp Val Ile Ser Val Ser Gin Cys Val Pro Val Asn Gin Ala Thr Val Thr Leu Arg Lys Ser Met Arg Val Pro Gly Ser Glu Thr Met Cys Tyr Ser Arg Pro Leu Val Ser Phe Ser Phe Ile Asn Asp Thr Lys Thr Tyr Glu Gly Gin Leu Gly Thr Asp Asn Glu Ile Phe Leu Thr Lys Lys Met Thr Glu Val Cys Gin Ala Thr Ser Gin Tyr Tyr Phe Gin Ser Gly Asn Glu He His Val Tyr Asn Asp Tyr His His Phe Lys Thr Ile Glu Leu Asp Gly Ile Ala Thr Leu Gin Thr Phe Ile Ser Leu Asn Thr Ser Leu Ile Glu Asn He Asp Phe Ala Ser Leu Glu Leu Tyr Ser Arg Asp Glu Gin Arg Ala Ser Asn Val Phe Asp Leu Glu Gly He Phe Arg Glu Tyr Asn Phe Gin Ala Gin Asn Ile Ala Gly Leu Arg Lys Asp Leu Asp Asn Ala Val Ser Asn Gly Arg Asn Gin Phe Val Asp Gly Leu Gly Glu Leu Met Asp Ser Leu Gly Ser Val Gly Gin Ser Ile Thr Asn Leu Val Ser Thr Val Gly Gly Leu Phe Ser Ser Leu Val Ser Gly Phe Ile Ser Phe Phe Lys Asn Pro Phe Gly Gly Met Leu Ile Leu Val Leu Val Ala Gly Val Val Ile Leu Val He Ser Leu Thr Arg Arg Thr Arg Gin Met Ser Gin Gin Pro Val Gin Met Leu Tyr Pro Gly He Asp Glu Leu Ala Gin Gin His Ala Ser Gly Glu Gly Pro Gly Ile Asn Pro Ile Ser Lys Thr Glu Leu Gin Ala Ile Met Leu Ala Leu His Glu Gin Asn Gin Glu Gin Lys Arg Ala Ala Gin Arg Ala Ala Gly Pro Ser Val Ala Ser Arg Ala Leu Gin Ala Ala Arg Asp Arg Phe Pro Gly Leu Arg Arg Arg Arg Tyr His Asp Pro Glu Thr Ala Ala Ala Leu Leu Gly Glu Ala Glu Thr Glu Phe l SEQ ID N0:19: Met Glu Ser Arg lie Trp Cys Leu Val Val Cys Val Asn Leu Cys Ile Val Cys Leu Gly Ala Ala Val Ser Ser Ser Ser Thr Arg Gly Thr Ser Ala Thr His Ser His His Ser Ser His Thr Thr Ser Ala Ala His Ser Arg Ser Gly Ser Val Ser Gin Arg Val Thr Ser Ser Gin Thr Val Ser His Gly Val Asn Glu Thr Ile Tyr Asn Thr Thr Leu Lys Tyr Gly Asp Val Val Gly Val Asn Thr Thr Lys Tyr Pro Tyr Arg Val Cys Ser Met Ala Gin Gly Thr Asp Leu Ile Arg Phe Glu Arg Asn Ile Val Cys Thr Ser Met Lys Pro Ile Asn Glu Asp Leu Asp Glu Gly He Met Val Val Tyr Lys Arg Asn He Val Ala His Thr Phe Lys Val Arg Val Tyr Gin Lys Val Leu Thr Phe Arg Arg Ser Tyr Ala Tyr He His Thr Thr Tyr Leu Leu Gly Ser Asn Thr Glu Tyr Val Ala Pro Pro Met Trp Glu Ile His His He Asn Ser His Ser Gin Cys Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Ser Arg Val Ile Ala Gly Thr Val Phe Val Ala Tyr His Arg Asp Ser Tyr Glu Asn Lys Thr Met Gin Leu Met Pro Asp Asp Tyr Ser Asn Thr His Ser Thr Arg Tyr Val Thr Val Lys Asp Gin Trp H s Ser Arg Gly Ser Thr Trp Leu Tyr Arg Glu Thr Cys Asn Leu Asn Cys Met Val Thr Ile Thr Thr Ala Arg Ser Lys Tyr Pro Tyr His Phe Phe Ala Thr Ser Thr Gly Asp Val Val Asp He Ser Pro Phe Tyr Asn Gly Thr Asn Arg Asn Ala Ser Tyr Phe Gly Glu Asn Ala Asp Lys Phe Phe Ile Phe Pro Asn Tyr Thr Ile Val Ser Asp Phe Gly Arg Pro Asn Ser Ala Leu Glu Thr His Arg Leu Val Ala Phe Leu Glu Arg Ala Asp Ser Val Ile Ser Trp Asp Ile Gin Asp Glu Lys Asn Val Thr Cys Gin Leu Thr Phe Trp Glu Ala Ser Glu Arg Thr Ile Arg Ser Glu Ala Glu Asp Ser Tyr His Phe Ser Ser Ala Lys Met Thr Ala Thr Phe Leu Ser Lys Lys Gin Glu Val Asn Met Ser Asp Ser Ala Leu Asp Cys Val Arg Asp Glu Ala Ile Asn Lys Leu Gin Gin Ile Phe Asn Thr Ser Tyr Asn Gin Thr Tyr Glu Lys Tyr Gly Asn Val Ser Val Phe Glu Thr Thr Gly Gly Leu Val Val Phe Trp Gin Gly Ile Lys Gin Lys Ser Leu Val Glu Leu Glu Arg Leu Ala Asn Arg Ser Ser Leu Asn Leu Thr His Asn Arg Thr Lys Arg Ser Thr Asp Gly Asn Asn Ala Thr His Leu Ser Asn Met Glu Ser Val His Asn Leu Val Tyr Ala Gin Leu Gin Phe Thr Tyr Asp Thr Leu Arg Gly Tyr Ile Asn Arg Ala Leu Ala Gin Ile Ala Glu Ala Trp Cys Val Asp Gin Arg Arg Thr Leu Glu Val Phe Lys Glu Leu Ser Lys Ile Asn Pro Ser Ala Ile Leu Ser Ala Ile Tyr Asn Lys Pro Ile Ala Ala Arg Phe Met Gly Asp Val Leu Gly Leu Ala Ser Cys Val Thr lie Asn Gin Thr Ser Val Lys Val Leu Arg Asp Met Asn Val Lys Glu Ser Pro Gly Arg Cys Tyr Ser Arg Pro Val Val He Phe Asn Phe Ala Asn Ser Ser Tyr Val Gin Tyr Gly Gin Leu Gly Glu Asp Asn Glu Ile Leu Leu Gly Asn His Arg Thr Glu Glu Cys Gin Leu Pro Ser Leu Lys Ile Phe Ile Ala Gly Asn Ser Ala Tyr Glu Tyr Val Asp Tyr Leu Phe Lys Arg Met Ile Asp Leu Ser Ser Ile Ser Thr Val Asp Ser Met Ile Ala Leu Asp Ile Asp Pro Leu Glu Asn Thr Asp Phe Arg Val Leu Glu Leu Tyr Ser Gin Lys Glu Leu Arg Ser Ser Asn Val Phe Asp Leu Glu Glu Ile Met Arg Glu Phe Asn Ser Tyr Lys Gin Arg Val Lys Tyr Val Glu Asp Lys Val Val Asp Pro Leu Pro Pro Tyr Leu Lys Gly Leu Asp Asp Leu Met Ser Gly Leu Gly Ala Ala Gly Lys Ala Val Gly Val Ala He Gly Ala Val Gly Gly Ala Val Ala Ser Val Val Glu Gly Val Ala Thr Phe Leu Lys Asn Pro Phe Gly Ala Phe Thr Ile lie Leu Val Ala He Ala Val Val He Ile Ile Tyr Leu Ile Tyr Thr Arg Gin Arg Arg Leu Cys Met Gin Pro Leu Gin Asn Leu Phe Pro Tyr Leu Val Ser Ala Asp Gly Thr Thr Val Thr Ser Gly Asn Thr Lys Asp Thr Ser Leu Gin Ala Pro Pro Ser Tyr Glu Glu Ser Val Tyr Asn Ser Gly Arg Lys Gly Pro Gly Pro Pro Ser Ser Asp Ala Ser Thr Ala Ala Pro Pro Tyr Thr Asn Glu Gin Ala Tyr Gin Met Leu Leu Ala Leu Val Arg Leu Asp Ala Glu Gin Arg Ala Gin Gin Asn Gly Thr Asp Ser Leu Asp Gly Gin Thr Gly Thr Gin Asp Lys Gly Gin Lys Pro Asn Leu Leu Asp Arg Leu Arg His Arg Lys Asn Gly Tyr Arg His Leu Lys Asp Ser Asp Glu Glu Glu Asn Val SEQ ID N0:20: Met Ser Lys Met Val Va1 Leu Phe Leu Ala Val Phe Leu Met Asn Ser Val Leu Met Ile Tyr Cys Asp Pro Asp His Tyr Ile Arg Ala Gly Tyr Asn His Lys Tyr Pro Phe Arg Ile Cys Ser Ile Ala Lys Gly Thr Asp Leu Met Arg Phe Asp Arg Asp He Ser Cys Ser Pro Tyr Lys Ser Asn Ala Lys Met Ser Glu Gly Phe Phe Ile Ile Tyr Lys Thr Asn Ile Glu Thr Tyr Thr Phe Pro Val Arg Thr Tyr Lys Lys Glu Leu Thr Phe Gin Ser Ser Tyr Arg Asp Val Gly Val Val Tyr Phe Leu Asp Arg Thr Val Met Gly Leu Ala Met Pro Val Tyr Glu Ala Asn Leu Val Asn Ser His Ala Gin Cys Tyr Ser Ala Val Ala Met Lys Arg Pro Asp Gly Thr Val Phe Ser Ala Phe His Glu Asp Asn Asn Lys Asn Asn Thr Leu Asn Leu Phe Pro Leu Asn Phe Lys Ser Ile Thr Asn Lys Arg Phe He Thr Thr Lys Glu Pro Tyr Phe Ala Arg Gly Pro Leu Trp Leu Tyr Ser Thr Ser Thr Ser Leu Asn Cys Ile Val Thr Glu Ala Thr Ala Lys Ala Lys Tyr Pro Phe Ser Tyr Phe Ala Leu Thr Thr Gly Glu Ile Val Glu Gly Ser Pro Phe Phe Asn Gly Ser Asn Gly Lys His Phe Ala Glu Pro Leu Glu Lys Leu Thr Ile Leu Glu Asn Tyr Thr Met Ile Glu Asp Leu Met Asn Gly Met Asn Gly Ala Thr Thr Leu Val Arg Lys Ile Ala Phe Leu Glu Lys Ala Asp Thr Leu Phe Ser Trp Glu Ile Lys Glu Glu Asn Glu Ser Val Cys Met Leu Lys His Trp Thr Thr Val Thr His Gly Leu Arg Ala Glu Thr Asp Glu Thr Tyr His Phe Ile Ser Lys Glu Leu Thr Ala Ala Phe Val Ala Pro Lys Glu Ser Leu Asn Leu Thr Asp Pro Lys Gin Thr Cys Ile Lys Asp Glu Phe Glu Lys Ile Ile Asn Glu Val Tyr Met Ser Asp Tyr Asn Asp Thr Tyr Ser Met Asn Gly Ser Tyr Gin Ile Phe Lys Thr Thr Gly Asp Leu Ile Leu Ile Trp Gin Pro Leu Val Gin Lys Ser Leu Met Phe Leu Glu Gin Gly Ser Glu Lys He Arg Arg Arg Arg Asp Val Val Asp Val Lys Ser Arg His Asp Ile Leu Tyr Val Gin Leu Gin Tyr Leu Tyr Asp Thr Leu Lys Asp Tyr Ile Asn Asp Ala Leu Gly Asn Leu Ala Glu Ser Trp Cys Leu Asp Gin Lys Arg Thr He Thr Met Leu His Glu Leu Ser Lys Ile Ser Pro Ser Ser Ile Val Ser Glu Val Tyr Gly Arg Pro He Ser Ala Gin Leu His Gly Asp Val Leu Ala Ile Ser Lys Cys Ile Glu Val Asn Gin Ser Ser Val Gin Leu His Lys Ser Met Arg Val Val Asp Ala Lys Gly Val Arg Ser Glu Thr Met Cys Tyr Asn Arg Pro Leu Val Thr Phe Ser Phe Val Asn Ser Thr Pro Glu Val Val Pro Gly Gin Leu Gly Leu Asp Asn Glu Ile Leu Leu Gly Asp His Arg Thr Glu Glu Cys Glu Ile Pro Ser Thr Lys Ile Phe Leu Ser Gly Asn His Ala His Val Tyr Thr Asp Tyr Thr His Thr Asn Ser Thr Pro Ile Glu Asp Ile Glu Val Leu Asp Ala Phe Ile Arg Leu Lys Ile Asp Pro Leu Glu Asn Ala Asp Phe Lys Val Leu Asp Leu Tyr Ser Pro Asp Glu Leu Ser Arg Ala Asn Val Phe Asp Leu Glu Asn Ile Leu Arg Glu Tyr Asn Ser Tyr Lys Ser Ala Leu Tyr Thr He Glu Ala Lys He Ala Thr Asn Thr Pro Ser Tyr Val Asn Gly He Asn Ser Phe Leu Gin Gly Leu Gly Ala He Gly Thr Gly Leu Gly Ser Val Ile Ser Val Thr Ala Gly Ala Leu Gly Asp Ile Val Gly Gly Val Val Ser Phe Leu Lys Asn Pro Phe Gly Gly Gly Leu Met Leu He Leu Ala Ile Val Val Val Val Ile He lie Val Val Phe Val Arg Gin Arg His Val Leu Ser Lys Pro Ile Asp Met Met Phe Pro Tyr Ala Thr Asn Pro Val Thr Thr Val Ser Ser Val Thr Gly Thr Thr Val Val Lys Thr Pro Ser Val Lys Asp Val Asp Gly Gly Thr Ser Val Ala Val Ser Glu Lys Glu Glu Gly Met Ala Asp Val Ser Gly Gin Val Ser Asp Asp Glu Tyr Ser Gin Glu Ala Ala Leu Lys Met Leu Lys Ala He Lys Ser Leu Asp Glu Ser Tyr Arg Arg Lys Pro Ser Ser Ser Glu Ser His Ala Ser Lys Pro Ser Leu Ile Asp Arg Ile Arg Tyr Arg Gly Tyr Lys Ser Val Asn Val Glu Glu Ala SEQ ID N0:21: Met Phe Val Thr Ala Val Val Ser Val Ser Pro Ser Ser Phe Tyr Glu Ser Leu Gin Val Glu Pro Thr Gin Ser Glu Asp Ile Thr Arg Ser Ala His Leu Gly Asp Gly Asp Glu Ile Arg Glu Ala Ile His Lys Ser Gin Asp Ala Glu Thr Lys Pro Thr Phe Tyr Val Cys Pro Pro Pro Thr Gly Ser Thr lie Val Arg Leu Glu Pro Thr Arg Thr Cys Pro Asp Tyr His Leu Gly Lys Asn Phe Thr Glu Gly Ile Ala Val Val Tyr Lys Glu Asn Ile Ala Ala Tyr Lys Phe Lys Ala Thr Val Tyr Tyr Lys Asp Val Ile Val Ser Thr Ala Trp Ala Gly Ser Ser Tyr Thr Gin He Thr Asn Arg Tyr Ala Asp Arg Val Pro He Pro Val Ser Glu Ile Thr Asp Thr He Asp Lys Phe Gly Lys Cys Ser Ser Lys Ala Thr Tyr Val Arg Asn Asn His Lys Val Glu Ala Phe Asn Glu Asp Lys Asn Pro Gin Asp Met Pro Leu Ile Ala Ser Lys Tyr Asn Ser Val Gly Ser Lys Ala Trp His Thr l o i Thr Asn Asp Thr Tyr Met Val Ala Gly Thr Pro Gly Thr Tyr Arg Thr Gly Thr Ser Val Asn Cys He lie Glu Glu Val Glu Ala Arg Ser He Phe Pro Tyr Asp Ser Phe Gly Leu Ser Thr Gly Asp Ile He Tyr Met Ser Pro Phe Phe Gly Leu Arg Asp Gly Ala Tyr Arg Glu His Ser Asn Tyr Ala Met Asp Arg Phe His Gin Phe Glu Gly Tyr Arg Gin Arg Asp Leu Asp Thr Arg Ala Leu Leu Glu Pro Ala Ala Arg Asn Phe Leu Val Thr Pro His Leu Thr Val Gly Trp Asn Trp Lys Pro Lys Arg Thr Glu Val Cys Ser Leu Val Lys Trp Arg Glu Val Glu Asp Val Val Arg Asp Glu Tyr Ala His Asn Phe Arg Phe Thr Met Lys Thr Leu Ser Thr Thr Phe Ile Ser Glu Thr Asn Glu Phe Asn Leu Asn Gin Ile His Leu Ser Gin Cys Val Lys Glu Glu Ala Arg Ala He Ile Asn Arg He Tyr Thr Thr Arg Tyr Asn Ser Ser His Val Arg Thr Gly Asp Ile Gi Thr Tyr Leu Ala Arg Gly Gly Phe Val Val Val Phe Gin Pro Leu Leu Ser Asn Ser Leu Ala Arg Leu Tyr Leu Gin Glu Leu Val Arg Glu Asn Thr Asn His Ser Pro Gin Lys His Pro Thr Arg Asn Thr Arg Ser Arg Arg Ser Val Pro Val Glu Leu Arg Ala Asn Arg Thr Ile Thr Thr Thr Ser Ser Val Glu Phe Ala Met Leu Gin Phe Thr Tyr Asp His Ile Gin Glu His Val Asn Glu Met Leu Ala Arg Ile Ser Ser Ser Trp Cys Gin Leu Gin Asn Arg Glu Arg Ala Leu Trp Ser Gly Leu Phe Pro Ile Asn Pro Ser Ala Leu Ala Ser Thr He Leu Asp Gin Arg Val Lys Ala Arg He Leu Gly Asp Val Ile Ser Val Ser Asn Cys Pro Glu Leu Gly Ser Asp Thr Arg Ile Ile Leu Gin Asn Ser Met Arg Val Ser Gly Ser Thr Thr Arg Cys Tyr Ser Arg Pro Leu Ile Ser Ile Val Ser Leu Asn Gly Ser Gly Thr Val Glu Gly Gin Leu Gly Thr Asp Asn Glu Leu Ile Met Ser Arg Asp Leu Leu Glu Pro Cys Val Ala Asn His Lys Arg Tyr Phe Leu Phe Gly His His Tyr Val Tyr Tyr Glu Asp Tyr Arg Tyr Val Arg Glu Ile Ala Val His Asp Val Gly Met He Ser Thr Tyr Val Asp Leu Asn Leu Thr Leu Leu Lys Asp Arg Glu Phe Met Pro Leu Gin Val Tyr Thr Arg Asp Glu Leu Arg Asp Thr Gly Leu Leu Asp Tyr Ser Glu Ile Gin Arg Arg Asn Gin Met His Ser Leu Arg Phe Tyr Asp Ile Asp Lys Val Val Gin Tyr Asp Ser Gly Thr Ala Ile Met Gin Gly Met Ala Gin Phe Phe Gin Gly Leu Gly Thr Ala Gly Gin Ala Val Gly His Val Val Leu Gly Ala Thr Gly Ala Leu Leu Ser Thr Val His Gly Phe Thr Thr Phe Leu Ser Asn Pro Phe Gly Ala Leu Ala Val Gly Leu Leu Val Leu Ala Gly Leu Val Ala Ala Phe Phe Ala Tyr Arg Tyr Val Leu Lys Leu Lys Thr Ser Pro Met Lys Ala Leu Tyr Pro Leu Thr Thr Lys Gly Leu Lys Gin Leu Pro Glu Gly Met Asp Pro Phe Ala Glu Lys Pro Asn Ala Thr Asp Thr Pro Ile Glu Glu He Gly Asp Ser Gin Asn Thr Glu Pro Ser Val Asn Ser Gly Phe Asp Pro Asp Lys Phe Arg Glu Ala Gin Glu Met He Lys Tyr Met Thr Leu Val Ser Ala Ala Glu Arg Gin Glu Ser Lys Ala Arg Lys Lys Asn Lys Thr Ser Ala Leu Leu Thr Ser Arg Leu Thr Gly Leu Ala Leu Arg Asn Arg Arg Gly Tyr Ser Arg Val Arg Thr Glu Asn Val Thr Gly Val SEQ ID N0:22: Met Arg Gin Gly Ala Ala Arg Gly Cys Arg Trp Phe Val Val Trp Ala Leu Leu Gly Leu Thr Leu Gly Val Leu Val Ala Ser Ala Ala Pro Ser Ser Pro Gly Thr Pro Gly Val Ala Ala Ala Thr Gin Ala Ala Asn Gly Gly Pro Ala Thr Pro Ala Pro Pro Ala Pro Gly Pro Ala Pro Thr Gly Asp Thr Lys Pro Lys Lys Asn Lys Lys Pro Lys Asn Pro Pro Pro Pro Arg Pro Ala Gly Asp Asn Ala Thr Val Ala Ala Gly His Ala Thr Leu Arg Glu His Leu Arg Asp Ile Lys Ala Glu Asn Thr Asp Ala Asn Phe Tyr Val Cys Pro Pro Pro Thr Gly Ala Thr Val Val Gin Phe Glu Gin Pro Arg Arg Cys Pro Thr Arg Pro Glu Gly Gin Asn Tyr Thr Glu Gly He Ala Val Val Phe Lys Glu Asn lie Ala Pro Tyr Lys Phe Lys Ala Thr Met Tyr Tyr Lys Asp Val Thr Val Ser Gin Val Trp Phe Gly His Arg Tyr Ser Gin Phe Met Gly Ile Phe Glu Asp Arg Ala Pro Val Pro Phe Glu Glu Val He Asp Lys Ile Asn Ala Lys Gly Val Cys Arg Ser Thr Ala Lys Tyr Val Arg Asn Asn Leu Glu Thr Thr Ala Phe His Arg Asp Asp His Glu Thr Asp Met Glu Leu Lys Pro Ala Asn Ala Ala Thr Arg Thr Ser Arg Gly Trp His Thr Thr Asp Leu Lys Tyr Asn Pro Ser Arg Val Glu Ala Phe His Arg Tyr Gly Thr Thr Val Asn Cys He Val Glu Glu Val Asp Ala Arg Ser Val Tyr Pro Tyr Asp Glu Phe Val Leu Ala Thr Gly Asp Phe Val Tyr Met Ser Pro Phe Tyr Gly Tyr Arg Glu Gly Ser His Thr Glu His Thr Ser Tyr Ala Ala Asp Arg Phe Lys Gin Val Asp Gly Phe Tyr Ala Arg Asp Leu Thr Thr Lys Ala Arg Ala Thr Ala Pro Thr Thr Arg Asn Leu Leu Thr Thr Pro Lys Phe Thr Val Ala Trp Asp Trp Val Pro Lys Arg Pro Ser Val Cys Thr Met Thr Lys Trp Gin Glu Val Asp Glu Met Leu Arg Ser Glu Tyr Gly Gly Ser Phe Arg Phe Ser Ser Asp Ala He Ser Thr Thr Phe Thr Thr Asn Leu Thr Glu Tyr Pro Leu Ser Arg Val Asp Leu Gly Asp Cys Ile Gly Lys Asp Ala Arg Asp Ala Met Asp Arg He Phe Ala Arg Arg Tyr Asn Ala Thr His He Lys Val Gly Gin Pro Gin Tyr Tyr Leu Ala Asn Gly Gly Phe Leu Ile Ala Tyr Gin Pro Leu Leu Ser Asn Thr Leu Ala Glu Leu Tyr Val Arg Glu His Leu Arg Glu Gin Ser Arg Lys Pro Pro Asn Pro Thr Pro Pro Pro Pro Gly Ala Ser Ala Asn Ala Ser Val Glu Arg He Lys Thr Thr Ser Ser He Glu Phe Ala Arg Leu Gin Phe Thr Tyr Asn His Ile Gin Arg His Val Asn Asp Met Leu Gly Arg Val Ala Ile Ala Trp Cys Glu Leu Gin Asn His Glu Leu Thr Leu Trp Asn Glu Ala Arg Lys Leu Asn Pro Asn Ala Ile Ala Ser Ala Thr Val Gly Arg Arg Val Ser Ala Arg Met Leu Gly Asp Val Met Ala Val Ser Thr Cys Val Pro Val Ala Ala Asp Asn Val Ile Val Gin Asn Ser Met Arg Ile Ser Ser Arg Pro Gly Ala Cys Tyr Ser Arg Pro Leu Val Ser Phe Arg Tyr Glu Asp Gin Gly Pro Leu Val Glu Gly Gin Val Gly Glu Asn Asn Glu Leu Arg Leu Thr Arg Asp Ala He Glu Pro Cys Thr Val Gly His Arg Arg Tyr Phe Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Tyr Val Tyr Phe Glu Glu Tyr Ala Tyr Ser His Gin Leu Ser Arg Ala Asp Ile Thr Thr Val Ser Thr Phe Ile Asp Leu Asn lie Thr Met Leu Glu Asp His Glu Phe Val Pro Leu Glu Val Tyr Thr Arg His Glu He Lys Asp Ser Gly Leu Leu Asp Tyr Thr Glu Val Gin Arg Arg Asn Gin Leu His Asp Leu Arg Phe Ala Asp Ile Asp Thr Val Ile His Ala Asp Ala Asn Ala Ala Met Phe Ala Gly Leu Gly Ala Phe Phe Glu Gly Met Gly Asp Leu Gly Arg Ala Val Gly Lys Val Val Met Gly Ile Val Gly Gly Val Val Ser Ala Val Ser Gly Val Ser Ser Phe Met Ser Asn Pro Phe Gly Ala Leu Ala Val Gly Leu Leu Val Leu Ala Gly Leu Ala Ala Ala Phe Phe Ala Phe Arg Tyr Val Met Arg Leu Gin Ser Asn Pro Met Lys Ala Leu Tyr Pro Leu Thr Thr Lys Glu Leu Lys Asn Pro Thr Asn Pro Asp Ala Ser Gly Glu Gly Glu Glu Gly Gly Asp Phe Asp Glu Ala Lys Leu Ala Glu Ala Arg Glu Met Ile Arg Tyr Met Ala Leu Val Ser Ala Met Glu Arg Thr Glu His Lys Ala Lys Lys Lys Gly Thr Ser Ala Leu Leu Ser Ala Lys Val Thr Asp Met Val Met Arg Lys Arg Arg Asn Thr Asn Tyr Thr Gin Val Pro Asn Lys Asp Gly Asp Ala Asp Glu Asp Asp Leu SEQ ID NO:23: Met Arg Pro Arg Gly Thr Pro Pro Ser Phe Leu Pro Leu Pro Val Leu Leu Ala Leu Ala Val Ile Ala Ala Ala Gly Arg Ala Ala Pro Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Pro Thr Ala Asp Pro Ala Ala Thr Pro Ala Leu Pro Glu Asp Glu Glu Val Pro Asp Glu Asp Gly Glu Gly Val Ala Thr Pro Ala Pro Ala Ala Asn Ala Ser Val Glu Ala Gly Arg Ala Thr Leu Arg Glu Asp Leu Arg Glu He Lys Ala Arg Asp Gly Asp Ala Thr Phe Tyr Val Cys Pro Pro Pro Thr Gly Ala Thr Val Val Gin Phe Glu Gin Pro Arg Pro Cys Pro Arg Ala Pro Asp Gly Gin Asn Tyr Thr Glu Gly Ile Ala Val Val Phe Lys Glu Asn Ile Ala Pro Tyr Lys Phe Lys Ala Thr Met Tyr Tyr Lys Asp Val Thr Val Ser Gin Val Trp Phe Gly His Arg Tyr Ser Gin Phe Met Gly Ile Phe Glu Asp Arg Ala Pro Val Pro Phe Glu Glu Val Met Asp Lys Ile Asn Ala Lys Gly Val Cys Arg Ser Thr Ala Lys Tyr Val Arg Asn Asn Met Glu Ser Thr Ala Phe His Arg Asp Asp His Glu Ser Asp Met Ala Leu Lys Pro Ala Lys Ala Ala Thr Arg Thr Ser Arg Gly Trp His Thr Thr Asp Leu Lys Tyr Asn Pro Ala Arg Val Glu Ala Phe His Arg Tyr Gly Thr Thr Val Asn Cys He Val Glu Glu Val Glu Ala Arg Ser Val Tyr Pro Tyr Asp Glu Phe Val Leu Ala Thr Gly Asp Phe Val Tyr Met Ser Pro Phe Tyr Gly Tyr Arg Asp Gly Ser His Gly Glu His Thr Ala Tyr Ala Ala Asp Arg Phe Arg Gin Val Asp Gly Tyr Tyr Glu Arg Asp Leu Ser Thr Gly Arg Arg Ala Ala Ala Pro Val Thr Arg Asn Leu Leu Thr Thr Pro Lys Phe Thr Val Gly Trp Asp Trp Ala Pro Lys Arg Pro Ser Val Cys Thr Leu Thr Lys Trp Arg Glu > o.3 Val Asp Glu Met Leu Arg Ala Glu Tyr Gly Pro Ser Phe Arg Phe Ser Ser Ala Ala Leu Ser Thr Thr Phe Thr Ala Asn Arg Thr Glu Tyr Ala Leu Ser Arg Val Asp Leu Ala Asp Cys Val Gly Arg Glu Ala Arg Glu Ala Val Asp Arg He Phe Leu Arg Arg Tyr Asn Gly Thr His Val Lys Val Gly Gin Val Gin Tyr Tyr Leu Ala Thr Gly Gly Phe Leu lie Ala Tyr Gin Pro Leu Leu Ser Asn Ala Leu Val Glu Leu Tyr Val Arg Glu Leu Val Arg Glu Gin Thr Arg Arg Pro Ala Gly Gly Asp Pro Gly Glu Ala Ala Thr Pro Gly Pro Ser Val Asp Pro Pro Ser Val Glu Arg Ile Lys Thr Thr Ser Ser Val Glu Phe Ala Arg Leu Gin Phe Thr Tyr Asp His lie Gin Arg His Val Asn Asp Met Leu Gly Arg Ile Ala Thr Ala Trp Cys Glu Leu Gin Asn Arg Glu Leu Thr Leu Trp Asn Glu Ala Arg Arg Leu Asn Pro Gly Ala Ile Ala Ser Ala Thr Val Gly Arg Arg Val Ser Ala Arg Met Leu Gly Asp Val Met Ala Val Ser Thr Cys Val Pro Val Ala Pro Asp Asn Val Ile Met Gin Asn Ser He Gly Val Ala Ala Arg Pro Gly Thr Cys Tyr Ser Arg Pro Leu Val Ser Phe Arg Tyr Glu Ala Asp Gly Pro Leu Val Glu Gly Gin Leu Gly Glu Asp Asn Glu Ile Arg Leu Glu Arg Asp Ala Leu Glu Pro Cys Thr Val Gly His Arg Arg Tyr Phe Thr Phe Gly Ala Gly Tyr Val Tyr Phe Glu Glu Tyr Ala Tyr Ser His Gin Leu Gly Arg Ala Asp Val Thr Thr Val Ser Thr Phe Ile Asn Leu Asn Leu Thr Met Leu Glu Asp His Glu Phe Val Pro Leu Glu Val Tyr Thr Arg Gin Glu He Lys Asp Ser Gly Leu Leu Asp Tyr Thr Glu Val Gin Arg Arg Asn Gin Leu His Ala Leu Arg Phe Ala Asp Ile Asp Thr Val He Lys Ala Asp Ala His Ala Ala Leu Phe Ala Gly Leu Tyr Ser Phe Phe Glu Gly Leu Gly Asp Val Gly Arg Ala Val Gly Lys Val Val Met Gly Ile Val Gly Gly Val Val Ser Ala Val Ser Gly Val Ser Ser Phe Leu Ser Asn Pro Phe Gly Ala Leu Ala Val Gly Leu Leu Val Leu Ala Gly Leu Ala Ala Ala Phe Phe Ala Phe Arg Tyr Val Met Arg Leu Gin Arg Asn Pro Met Lys Ala Leu Tyr Pro Leu Thr Thr Lys Glu Leu Lys Ser Asp Gly Ala Pro Leu Ala Gly Gly Gly Glu Asp Gly Ala Glu Asp Phe Asp Glu Ala Lys Leu Ala Gin Ala Arg Glu Met Ile Arg Tyr Met Ala Leu Val Ser Ala Met Glu Arg Thr Glu His Lys Ala Arg Lys Lys Gly Thr Ser Ala Leu Leu Ser Ala Lys Val Thr Asp Ala Val Met Arg Lys Arg Ala Arg Pro Arg Tyr Ser Pro Leu Arg Asp Thr Asp Glu Glu Glu Leu SEQ ID N0:24: GCTGπCAGA TTTGACTTAG AYMANMCNTG YCC 33 SEQ ID N0:25: GTGTACAAGA AGAACATCGT GCCNTAYATN TTYAA 35 SEQ ID NO:26: GTGTACAAGA AGAACATCGT GCC 23 SEQ ID N0:27: AACATGTCTA CAATCTCACA RTTNACNGTN GT 32 SEQ ID N0:28: AACATGTCTA CAATCTCACA 20 SEQ ID N0:29: AATAACCTCT TTACGGCCCA AATTCARTY GCNTAYGA 38 SEQ ID N0:30: CCAACGAGTG TGATGTCAGC CATTTAYGGN AARCCNGT 38 SEQ ID N0:31: CCAACGAGTG TGATGTCAGC C 21 SEQ ID N0:32: TGCTACTCGC GACCTCTAGT CACCTTYAAR TTYRTNAA 38 SEQ ID N0:33: toy TGCTACTCGC GACCTCTAGT CACC 24 SEQ ID N0:34: ACCGGAGTAC AGTTCCACTG TYTTRAARTC DATRπ 36 SEQ ID NO:35: TGTCACCTTG ACATGAGGCC A 21 SEQ ID N0:36: TTTGACCTGG AGACTATGπ YMGNGARTAY AA 32 SEQ ID N0:37: GCTCTGGGTG TAGTAGTTRT AYTCYCTRAA CAT 33 SEQ ID N0:38: TCTCGGAACA TGCTCTCCAG RTCRAAMACR π 32 SEQ ID N0:39: ACCπCATCA AAAATCCCTT NGGNGGNATG YT 32 SEQ ID N0:40: TGGACTTACA GGACTCGAAC NACNGTNAAY TG 32 loS

Claims: CLAIMS What is claimed is: 1. An isolated polynucleotide with a region encoding a Glycoprotein B of a herpes virus, the polynucleotide comprising a sequence at least 65% identical to nucleotides 36 to 354 of SEQ. ID NO:1 or SEQ. ID NO:3. 2. An isolated polynucleotide comprising a fragment of at least 50 consecutive nucleotides of the Glycoprotein B encoding region of the polynucleotide of claim 1. 3. An isolated polynucleotide with a region encoding a Glycoprotein B of a herpes virus, the polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of: a sequence of 35 nucleotides at least 74% identical to oligonucleotide SHMDA (SEQ. ID NO:41); a sequence of 30 nucleotides at least 73% identical to oligonuciotide CFSSB (SEQ. ID NO:43); a sequence of 29 nucleotides at least 72% identical to oligonucleotide ENTFA (SEQ. ID NO:45); and a sequence of 35 nucleotides at least 80% identical to oligonucleotide DNIQB (SEQ. ID NO:46). 4. An isolated polynucleotide comprising a fragment of at least 50 consecutive nucleotides of the Glycoprotein B encoding region of the polynucleotide of claim 3. 5. The polynucleotide of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein said heφes virus is capable of infecting primates. 6. The polynucleotide of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein said heφes virus is RFHV1 , RFHV2, or KSHV. 7. An isolated polynucleotide comprising a linear sequence of at least 21 nucleotides identical to a linear sequence between nucleotides 36 to 354 inclusive of SEQ. ID NOS:1 , 3, or 92 or anywhere within SEQ. ID NO:96; but not in SEQ. ID NO:98. 8. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 7, comprising a linear sequence essentially identical to nucleotides 36 to 354 of SEQ. ID NO:1, SEQ. ID NO:3, or SEQ. ID NO:96, or at least 200 consecutive nucleotides in SEQ. ID NO:92. 9. An isolated polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide of claim 2. 10. An isolated polypeptide, comprising a linear sequence of at least 17 amino acids essentially identical to a sequence between amino acids 13 to 118 inclusive of SEQ. ID NO S:2, 4, or 97 or anywhere within SEQ. ID NO:94; but not in SEQ. ID NO:99. tck 11. The isolated polypeptide of ciaim 10, consisting essentially of a polypeptide having the sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:2, SEQ. ID NO:4, SEQ. ID NO:94, or SEQ. ID NO:97 12. A fusion polypeptide comprising a linear sequence of at least 17 amino acids identical to that comprised in the polypeptide according to claim 10. 13. The isolated polypeptide of claim 10, implicated in the binding or fusion of heφes virus with a mammalian cell. 14. The isolated polypeptide of claim 10, which is glycosylated. 15. The isolated polypeptide of claim 10, which is not glycosylated. 16. The isolated polypeptide of claim 10, which is immunogenic. 17. The isolated polypeptide of claim 10, comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NOS:67-76. 18. An isolated polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of claim 10. 19. A non-naturally occurring polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of claim 10. 20. A polynucleotide encoding a fusion polypeptide, comprising the polynucleotide of claim 2 joined directly to a second polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide. 21. A recombinant cloning vector comprising a polynucleotide sequence encoding a linear sequence of at least 17 amino acids identical to that comprised in the polypeptide according to claim 10. 22. A recombinant expression vector comprising a polynucleotide sequence encoding a linear sequence of at least 17 amino acids identical to that comprised in the polypeptide according to claim 10, operatively linked to a control polynucleotide sequence. 23. A recombinant cloning vector comprising a linear sequence of at least 21 nucleotides identical to a linear sequence comprised in the polynucleotide of claim 7. 24. A host cell transformed by the polynucleotide of claim 18 or claim 19, or by the vector of claim 21 , claim 22, or claim 23. ( 0 7 5 A monoclonal or isolated polyclonal antibody specific for a Glycoprotein B polypeptide encoded in said encoding region of the polynucleotide of claim 1 6 A monoclonal or isolated polyclonal antibody specific for the polypeptide of claim 11 , but not for a polypeptide having an am o acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NOS 30-41 7 The antibody of claim 26, which is a monoclonal antibody 8 The antibody of claim 26, which is an isolated polyclonal antibody 9 A vacone compnsmg the polypeptide of claim 9 or claim 10 in a pharmaceutically compatible excipient 30 The vaccine of claim 29, also compnsing an adjuvant 31 A method of treating a herpes virus infection, compnsmg administeπng the vaccine of claim 29 32 A vaccine compnsmg the polynucleotide of claim 2 or claim 7 in a pharmaceutically compatible excipient 33 The vaccine of claim 32, which is a live virus or viral expression vector 34 A method of treating a herpes virus infection, compnsmg administeπng the vaccine of claim 32 35 A vaccine compnsmg the antibody of claim 25 or claim 26 in a pharmaceutically compatible excipient 36 A method of treating a heφes virus infection, compnsing administeπng the vaccine of claim 35 37 An oligonucleotide essentially identical to an oligonucleotide selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NOS 24-63, SEQ ID NOS 77-78, and SEQ ID NOS 80-90 38 A method of obtaining an amplified copy of a polynucleotide encoding a Glycoprotein B, compnsing the steps of a) contacting the polynucleotide with the oligonucleotide of claim 37, and b) elongating oligonucleotide that has formed a duplex with the polynucleotide 39 The method of claim 38, wherein said amplification reaction is a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) ιc < g 40. The method of claim 39, wherein said PCR comprises repeated cycles of annealing and elongating, and the annealing is conducted at a temperature of at least 500C. 41. The method of claim 38, wherein the polynucleotide which is amplified is first obtained from a biological sample taken from an individual affected with a disease featuring fibroblast proliferation and collagen deposition. 42. A method of detecting viral DMA or RNA in a sample, comprising the steps of: a) contacting the DNA or RNA in the sample with a probe comprising the polynucleotide of claim 2 or claim 7 under conditions that would permit the probe to form a stable duplex with at least one polynucleotide having a sequence shown in SEQ. ID NOS:1 , 3, 92 or 94, but not with a polynucleotide having any of the sequences shown in SEQ. ID NOS:5-13; and b) detecting the presence of said stable duplex formed in step a), if any. 43. A method of detecting viral DNA or RNA in a sample, comprising the steps of: a) contacting the DNA or RNA in the sample with a probe comprising the polynucleotide of claim 2 or claim 7 under conditions that would permit the probe to form a stable duplex with a polynucleotide having the sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:1 , and with a polynucleotide having the sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:34, but not with a polynucleotide having any of the sequences shown in SEQ. ID NOS:5-13; and b) detecting the presence of said stable duplex formed in step a), if any. 44. A method of detecting viral DNA or RNA in a sample of primate origin, comprising the steps of: a) contacting the DNA or RNA in the sample with a probe comprising the polynucleotide of ciaim 2 or claim 7 under conditions that would permit the probe to form a stable duplex with at least one polynucleotide having a sequence shown in SEQ. ID NOS:1 , 3, 92 or 94, but not with a polynucleotide having any of the sequences shown in SEQ. ID NOS:5 or 9-13; and b) detecting the presence of said stable duplex formed in step a), if any. 45. The method of claim 42 further comprising conducting an amplification reaction on the DNA or RNA of the sample prior to being contacted with the probe. 46. A method of detecting viral DNA or RNA in a sample, comprising the steps of: a) conducting an amplification reaction on a polynucleotide in the sample using the oligonucleotide of claim 37 as a primer in the reaction; and b) detecting the presence of amplified copies of the polynucleotide, if any. oq 47. An isolated polynucleotide capable of forming a stable duplex with a second polypeptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NOS:1 , 3, 92, and 94, and their respective complementary sequences, under conditions wherein the second polynucleotide is capable of forming a stable duplex with at least one polynucleotide having a sequence shown in SEQ. ID NO:1, 3, 92 or 94, but not with a polynucleotide having a sequence of any of SEQ. ID NOS:5-13. 48. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 47, the nucleotide sequence of which is contained in the genome of a naturally occurring virus. 49. An isolated polypeptide comprising a linear sequence of at least 25 amino acids encoded within the polynucleotide of claim 47. 50. A method for detecting infection of an individual by a herpes virus, comprising detecting viral DNA or RNA in a biological sample obtained from the individual, wherein the detecting of viral DNA or RNA is by the method of claim 42, claim 44, or claim 46. 51. A diagnostic kit for detecting a herpes virus polynucleotide in a biological sample, comprising a reagent in suitable packaging, wherein the reagent comprises the polynucleotide of claim 2or claim 7. 52. A diagnostic kit for detecting a herpes virus polynucleotide in a biological sample, comprising a reagent in suitable packaging, wherein the reagent comprises the oligonucleotide of claim 37. 53. A method of detecting infection of an individual by a heφes virus, comprising the steps of: a) contacting antibody from a sample obtained from the individual with the polypeptide of claim 25 or claim 26 under conditions that permit the formation of a stable antigen-antibody complex; and b) detecting said stable complexes formed in step a), if any. 54. A diagnostic kit for detecting an anti-herpesvirus antibody present in a biological sample, comprising a reagent in suitable packaging, wherein the reagent comprises the polypeptide of claim 25 or claim 26. 55. A method of detecting infection of an individual by a herpes virus, comprising the steps of: a) contacting a polypeptide from a sample obtained from the individual with the antibody of claim 9 or claim 10 under conditions that permit the formation of a stable antigen-antibody complex; and b) detecting said stable complexes formed in step a), if any. HO 56. A diagnostic kit for detecting a heφes virus polypeptide present in a biological sample, comprising a reagent in suitable packaging, wherein the reagent comprises the antibody of claim 9 or claim 10. 57. A method of determining whether a pharmaceutical candidate is useful for treating gamma herpes infection, comprising the steps of: a) contacting the polypeptide of claim 9 or claim 10 with the pharmaceutical candidate; and b) determining whether a biochemical function of the polypeptide is altered by the pharmaceutical candidate. 58. The method of claim 57, wherein the biochemical function of the polypeptide determined in step b) is the binding of the polypeptide to the surface of a mammalian cell. 59. A method of producing a Glycoprotein B polypeptide, comprising expressing the polynucleotide of claim 2 or claim 7 in a eukaryotic cell. 60. A method of producing a polynucleotide comprising a region encoding herpes virus Glycoprotein B, comprising replicating the recombinant cloning vector of claim 21 or claim 23. I I I

Inventors: BOSCH MARNIX L, ROSE TIMOTHY M, STRAND KURT, BOSCH, MARNIX, L., ROSE, TIMOTHY, M., STRAND, KURT
Applicants: BOSCH MARNIX L, ROSE TIMOTHY M, STRAND KURT, UNIV WASHINGTON, BOSCH, MARNIX, L., ROSE, TIMOTHY, M., STRAND, KURT, UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON
Application year: 1996
Main classification: C12N15
IPC codes: A61K31, A61K38, A61K39, A61P31, C07K14, C07K16, C12N1, C12N15, C12P21, C12Q1, G01N33